WORLD LACROSSE
EVENT HOSTING & COMPETITION MANUAL
This is an Operational Events Manual, which will be continuously updated by the
WL Director of Events (DoE) and the WL Competition Director (CD).
The WL Governance Committee will determine an approval pathway for all events
and competition policies, and sections of the manual shown below, prior to any
change, which may impact significantly on member nations, and may require
approval by the General Assembly or postal vote.
SECTIONS OF THE MANUAL TO BE REFERRED TO THE WL GOVERNANCE
COMMITTEE PRIOR TO ANY CHANGES:
1 Text sections:
2.7.4 Team Costs
2.7.5 Officials’ Costs
2.8 Insurance
3.3.2 Member Nations/Competing Teams Rights
3.5.2 Team Merchandise
5.1.5 Timing of Match Schedule
5.3 Participating Teams, Qualifications and Eligibility
5.4 Entry Process and Registration
2 All Event and Competition Policy documents in the current Manual appendices,
together with any new event related policies, that may be introduced in the future.
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1: Introduction ..................................................................................................................
1.1
Vision, Mission and Values ............................................................................. 2
1.2
Historical World Championship Results .......................................................... 3
2: Governance and Finance .......................................................................................... 4
2.1
Language and Communication ....................................................................... 4
2.2
Legal Provisions .............................................................................................. 5
2.3
Selection and Neutrality of the Organizer ........................................................ 5
2.4
Event Title and Naming Rights ........................................................................ 5
2.5
Event Dates and Scheduling ........................................................................... 6
2.6
Roles and Responsibilities .............................................................................. 7
2.6.1
WL Organizational Structure and Responsibilities ............................... 7
2.6.2
LOC Organizational Structure and Responsibilities ............................. 8
2.6.3
Competing Team Responsibilities ........................................................ 9
2.7
Finance .......................................................................................................... 10
2.7.1
Event Budget ...................................................................................... 10
2.7.2
Rights Fee .......................................................................................... 11
2.7.3
WL Provision ...................................................................................... 11
2.7.4
Team Costs ........................................................................................ 12
2.7.5
Officials’ Costs ................................................................................... 12
2.8
Insurance ....................................................................................................... 13
2.9
Project Management ..................................................................................... 14
2.9.1
Reporting ........................................................................................... 14
2.9.2
Site Visits ........................................................................................... 14
2.9.3
Milestone Management ...................................................................... 14
2.9.4
Risk Management .............................................................................. 15
2.9.5
Operational Readiness and Contingency Planning ............................ 15
2.10
Knowledge Transfer and Post-Event Reporting .......................................... 16
3: Rights Allocation and Licensing ........................................................................... 17
3.1
Ownership of Commercial Rights .................................................................. 17
3.2
Broadcast ...................................................................................................... 17
3.2.1
Rights Allocation ................................................................................ 18
3.2.2
Broadcast Production ......................................................................... 18
3.2.3
Basic Principles .................................................................................. 20
ii
3.3
Sponsorship .................................................................................................. 21
3.3.1
Sponsorship Structure ....................................................................... 21
3.3.2
Member Nation/Competing Team Rights ........................................... 21
3.4
Ticketing ........................................................................................................ 22
3.4.1
Ticketing Strategy .............................................................................. 22
3.4.2
Ticket Pricing ...................................................................................... 22
3.4.3
Complimentary Tickets ...................................................................... 22
3.5
Merchandising and Licensing ........................................................................ 23
3.5.1
Licensing and Retail ........................................................................... 23
3.5.2
Team Merchandise ............................................................................ 23
3.5.3
Officials’ Merchandise ........................................................................ 24
3.5.4
Vendor Village .................................................................................... 24
3.5.5
Event Program ................................................................................... 24
3.6
Hospitality ...................................................................................................... 25
4: Marketing and Promotion ........................................................................................ 26
4.1
Brand Identity ................................................................................................ 26
4.1.1
Event Brand Identity and Intellectual Property Rights ........................ 26
4.1.2
Event Branding and Signage ............................................................. 27
4.2
Marketing and Promotional Plan ................................................................... 27
4.2.1
General Principles and Responsibilities ............................................. 27
4.2.2
Promotional Plan ................................................................................ 28
4.3
Digital Promotion ........................................................................................... 28
4.3.1
Event Website and Content Management ......................................... 28
4.3.2
Social Media Networks ...................................................................... 29
4.4
Media Partnerships and Advertising .............................................................. 29
5: Sport Competition and Technical Management ................................................... 30
5.1
Competition Format ....................................................................................... 30
5.1.1
Discipline Variations and Sanctioned Events ..................................... 30
5.1.2
Competition Structure and Schedule ................................................. 31
5.1.3
Practice Schedule .............................................................................. 31
5.1.4
Pre- and Post- Match Schedules ....................................................... 31
5.1.5
Timing of Match Schedule .................................................................. 32
5.1.6
Postponed Games/Unforeseen Events .............................................. 33
5.2
Competition Rules and Regulations .............................................................. 33
iii
5.2.1
Rules of Play ...................................................................................... 33
5.2.2
Competition Policies ........................................................................... 34
5.2.3
Code of Conduct and Adherence to Policies ..................................... 34
5.2.4
Event Debts Policy ............................................................................. 34
5.2.5
Event Team Withdrawal, Replacement & Game Forfeit Policies ....... 35
5.2.6
Event Disciplinary and Appeals Policy ............................................... 35
5.2.7
Event Betting and Gambling Policy .................................................... 36
5.2.8
Event Damages Policy ....................................................................... 36
5.2.9
Appeals Process ................................................................................ 36
5.3
Participating Teams, Qualification and Eligibility ........................................... 36
5.3.1
Country Membership Eligibility ........................................................... 36
5.3.2
Team Entries ...................................................................................... 36
5.3.3
Team Qualification ............................................................................. 37
5.3.4
Athlete Eligibility ................................................................................. 37
5.3.5
Age Eligibility ...................................................................................... 37
5.3.6
Team Composition and Staffing Support ........................................... 37
5.4
Entry Process and Registration ..................................................................... 42
5.4.1
Invitation to Attend and Registration Fee ........................................... 42
5.4.2
On-Line Registration of Teams – Players and Staff ........................... 42
5.4.3
Registration of Final Teams ............................................................... 44
5.5
Team Services and Additional Sport Information .......................................... 44
5.5.1
Team Communications ...................................................................... 44
5.5.2
Team Liaison Officers ........................................................................ 44
5.5.3
Wireless and Electronic Field of Play Communications ..................... 45
5.5.4
Practice and Game Recording ........................................................... 45
5.5.5
Uniform Compliance .......................................................................... 45
5.5.6
Team Gifts .......................................................................................... 45
5.5.7
Event Meetings .................................................................................. 46
5.6
Sport Facilities, Field of Play (FOP) and Sports Equipment .......................... 46
5.6.1
Competition Facilities ......................................................................... 46
5.6.2
Practice Facilities ............................................................................... 47
5.6.3
Field of Play (FOP) ............................................................................. 47
5.6.4
Team Bench Area .............................................................................. 48
5.6.5
Scorer and Timer’s Table .......................................................................... 48
iv
5.6.6
Team Substitution Area ...................................................................... 48
5.6.7
Team Penalty Area ............................................................................ 48
5.6.8
Team Locker/Change Rooms ............................................................ 49
5.6.9
Officials’ Locker/Change Rooms ........................................................ 49
5.6.10
Goals ................................................................................................ 49
5.6.11
Balls ................................................................................................. 49
5.6.12
Ball Personnel .................................................................................. 49
5.6.13
Team Equipment .............................................................................. 50
5.6.14
Timing, Scoring and Results (TSR) .................................................. 50
5.6.15
Water and Ice Provision ................................................................... 50
5.7
Officiating ...................................................................................................... 51
5.7.1
Officials’ Management Structure ........................................................ 51
5.7.2
Bench/Table Officials ......................................................................... 51
5.7.3
Selection of Officials ........................................................................... 52
5.7.4
Affiliation of Country ........................................................................... 52
5.7.5
Fitness Testing ................................................................................... 53
5.7.6
Selection for Play-Offs ....................................................................... 53
5.7.7
Officials’ Meetings .............................................................................. 53
5.7.8
Officials’ Uniform ................................................................................ 53
5.7.9
Officials’ Liaison ................................................................................. 53
5.7.10
Officiating Clinic ............................................................................... 53
5.8
Medical .......................................................................................................... 54
5.8.1
Minimum Standards of Provision ....................................................... 54
5.8.2
Performance and Recovery Centre .................................................... 56
5.8.3
Competing Team Responsibilities ...................................................... 56
5.8.4
Medical Meeting ................................................................................. 57
5.8.4 Injury Reporting .................................................................................. 57
5.9
Anti-Doping .................................................................................................... 57
5.9.1
Event Testing – Competing Team Responsibilities ............................ 58
5.9.2
Event Testing – LOC Responsibilities ................................................ 58
5.9.3
Testing Facility Requirements ............................................................ 59
5.9.4
In-Competition Testing Costs ............................................................. 60
5.9.5
Chaperones ....................................................................................... 60
5.9.6
Therapeutic Use Exemptions ............................................................. 61
v
5.9.7
Anti-Doping Education ....................................................................... 61
5.10
Safeguarding ............................................................................................... 62
6: Event and Venue Operations ................................................................................. 63
6.1
Accreditation .................................................................................................. 63
6.1.1
Accreditation System ......................................................................... 63
6.1.2
Accreditation Matrix ........................................................................... 65
6.1.3
Venue Accreditation Help Office (VAHO) ........................................... 65
6.1.4
Accreditation Badges, Lanyards and Bibs ......................................... 65
6.2
Accommodation and Catering ....................................................................... 65
6.2.1
Requirements for Teams .................................................................... 66
6.2.2
Requirements for Officials .................................................................. 68
6.2.3
World Lacrosse Attendees ................................................................. 69
6.2.4
General Assembly (GA) Hotel ............................................................ 69
6.2.5
Media Hotel ........................................................................................ 70
6.2.6
Spectators/Fans ................................................................................. 70
6.2.7
Hotel Information Desks ..................................................................... 70
6.2.8
Provision of Meeting Rooms .............................................................. 70
6.2.9
Client Group Catering on Venue ........................................................ 71
6.3
: Media Operations ......................................................................................... 71
6.3.1
Media Operations Requirements ....................................................... 71
6.3.2
LOC Media Officer ............................................................................. 72
6.3.3
Media Protocols ................................................................................. 72
6.3.4
Media Volunteers ............................................................................... 73
6.3.5
Media Accreditation ............................................................................ 73
6.3.6
Media Working Room and Seating .................................................... 73
6.3.7
Media Benches, Field Operation and Mixed Zone ............................. 74
6.3.8
Press Conference Room .................................................................... 76
6.3.9
Distribution of Information .................................................................. 77
6.3.10
Photography ..................................................................................... 77
6.3.11
Team, Game and Ceremonies Photographs ................................... 78
6.4
: Safety and Security ...................................................................................... 78
6.4.1
Security .............................................................................................. 78
6.4.2
Emergency Management ................................................................... 79
6.4.3
Crisis Communications Plan .............................................................. 80
vi
6.4.4
Inclement Weather Protocols ............................................................. 80
6.5
: Technology ................................................................................................... 80
6.5.1
Wireless Network ............................................................................... 81
6.5.2
Office and Accreditation Operations .................................................. 81
6.5.3
Public Information Systems ............................................................... 81
6.5.4
Telecommunications/Data Services ................................................... 81
6.5.5
Power, Utilities and Lighting ............................................................... 82
6.6
Transport and Travel ..................................................................................... 83
6.6.1
Visa Applications ................................................................................ 84
6.6.2
Team Arrival and Departure Transfers ............................................... 84
6.6.3
Game Transportation for Teams ........................................................ 84
6.6.4
Officials’ Transportation ..................................................................... 85
6.6.5
World Lacrosse and GA Transportation ............................................. 85
6.6.6
Media Transportation ......................................................................... 85
6.6.7
Parking ............................................................................................... 85
6.6.8
Other Transportation Arrangements .................................................. 86
6.7
: Venue and Infrastructure .............................................................................. 86
6.7.1
Venue Space Requirements .............................................................. 87
6.7.2
Seating ............................................................................................... 88
6.7.3
Venue Access .................................................................................... 88
6.7.4
Disabled Access ................................................................................ 89
6.7.5
Spectator Medical Facilities ............................................................... 89
6.7.6
Meeting Spaces ................................................................................. 89
6.7.7
Cleaning and Waste ........................................................................... 89
6.8
: Workforce Operations .................................................................................. 90
6.8.1
Recruitment of Volunteers .................................................................. 90
6.8.2
Sport Specific Volunteers ................................................................... 90
6.8.3
General Volunteers ............................................................................ 90
6.8.4
Staff and Volunteer Welfare ............................................................... 91
6.8.5
Reward and Recognition .................................................................... 91
7: Wider Event Considerations .................................................................................. 92
7.1
General Assembly ......................................................................................... 92
7.1.1
General Assembly Dates ................................................................... 92
7.1.2
General Assembly Attendance ........................................................... 92
vii
7.1.3
Capacity and Facilities ....................................................................... 93
7.1.4
Catering ............................................................................................. 93
7.1.5
Welcome Reception ........................................................................... 93
7.2
Event Presentation, Ceremonies and Protocols ............................................ 94
7.2.1
Event Presentation ............................................................................. 94
7.2.2
Official Party and Invitations ............................................................... 95
7.2.3
Opening Ceremony ............................................................................ 95
7.2.4
Oaths ................................................................................................. 96
7.2.5
Closing Ceremony ............................................................................. 96
7.2.6
Functions and Events ......................................................................... 97
7.2.7
VIP Hospitality .................................................................................... 98
7.3
Medals and Awards ....................................................................................... 98
7.3.1
Medals ............................................................................................... 98
7.3.2
Championship Trophy ........................................................................ 98
7.3.3
Other Event Awards – Men’s and Women’s Events ............................. 99
7.3.4
Other Event Awards – Men’s Events Only ............................................ 100
7.3.5
Other Event Awards – Women’s Events Only ...................................... 100
7.3.6
Event Recognitions and Acknowledgements ................................... 101
7.4
Event Festival .............................................................................................. 102
7.5
Legacy and Development ............................................................................ 102
7.6
Event Impacts .............................................................................................. 102
7.6.1
Sustainability .................................................................................... 102
7.6.2
Impact Assessments ........................................................................ 103
viii
Appendices
Appendix 1 – Acronyms and Definitions
Appendix 2a – World Championship Results - Men’s Field
Appendix 2b – World Championship Results - Women’s Field (formerly World Cup)
Appendix 2c – World Championship Results - Men’s U20 (formerly U19)
Appendix 2d – World Championship Results - Women’s U20 (formerly U19)
Appendix 2e – World Championship Results - Men’s Box (formerly Indoor)
Appendix 3 – CD and DoE Roles & Responsibilities
Appendix 4 – Organizational Structure
Appendix 5 – Key Planning Milestones
Appendix 6 – Risk Management Template
Appendix 7 – Post Event Report Template
Appendix 8 – Commercial Rights Matrix (Example)
Appendix 9 – Brand Guidelines
Appendix 9a – Uniform WL Patch (Example)
Appendix 10 – Competition Structure Overview
Appendix 11 – Pre-Match Schedule Protocols
Appendix 12 – Post Match Schedule Protocols
Appendix 13 – Delay, Postponement Cancelation Protocol Guidelines
Appendix 14 – Athlete Code of Conduct
Appendix 14a – Athlete Consent Form – Anti Doping
Appendix 14b – ISPPI Athlete Consent Form (International Standard for the Protection of
Privacy and Personal Information)
Appendix 15 – Team Staff Code of Conduct
Appendix 16 – Officials’ Code of Conduct
Appendix 17 – Officials’ Conflict of Interest Declaration
Appendix 18 – Event Debts Policy
Appendix 19 – Event Team Withdrawal Policy
ix
Appendix 19a – Event Team Replacement Procedure
Appendix 19b – Event Game Forfeiture Policy
Appendix 20 – Event Disciplinary and Appeals Policy
Appendix 21 – Event Betting and Gambling Policy
Appendix 22 – Event Damages Policy
Appendix 23 – CF Qualification & Allocation Process for WL Senior Field Championships (GA 2018)
Appendix 23a – CF Qualification & Allocation Process for WL Senior Field Championships (GA 2021)
Appendix 24 – Athlete Eligibility Criteria Policy
Appendix 24a – International Transfer Card – Athletes
Appendix 24b – School Waiver Eligibility Form - Athletes
Appendix 25 – Team Uniform Policy
Appendix 26 – Ball Person Protocols
Appendix 27 – Table Officials’ Equipment List
Appendix 28 – Timer and Scorer Role Responsibilities (Women’s Game)
Appendix 29 – Medical Event Hosting Manual
Appendix 30 – Concussion Policy
Appendix 30a – Concussion Evaluating Form
Appendix 31 – Pregnancy Participation Policy and Guidelines Protocol
Appendix 32 – Exertional Heat Illness Policy
Appendix 32a – Heat & Hydration Safety Protocol
Appendix 33 – Sexual Abuse Position Statement
Appendix 34 – Injury Report Form (Example)
Appendix 35 – Safeguarding Policy - Athlete
Appendix 36 – Athlete Entourage Guidelines
Appendix 37 – Event Oaths - Athlete, Coach & Officials
Appendix 38 – Calendar of Events 2024 - 2032
1
World Lacrosse (WL) is the internationally recognized global governing body for the sport of
Lacrosse and is responsible for the awarding of World Lacrosse World Championship Events as
listed below:
• Men’s World Championship
• Women’s World Championship
• Men’s U20 World Championship (formerly U19 - GA change 2020)
• Women’s U20 World Championship (formerly U19 - GA change 2020)
• Men’s Box World Championship (formerly Indoor - GA change 2020)
• Women’s Box World Championship
• Men’s Sixes World Championship
• Women’s Sixes World Championship
WL events are fundamental in increasing global awareness of Lacrosse and improving performance
across all disciplines. WL are the owners of World Championship Events and grant the right to host
an event to a City/Local Organizing Committee (LOC)/National Governing Body (NGB) through a
bidding process. The bidding process is detailed in the WL Bid Guidelines document and is
available separately to the WL Event Hosting and Competition Manual.
WL considers this opportunity a partnership between the Host City, NGB, Competition Venue and
World Lacrosse. Each stakeholder has its part to play in delivering each World Championship
Event, and a key objective of everyone involved shall be to provide a fair and consistent experience
for the participating teams. Furthermore, to provide a memorable and enjoyable experience for all
client groups attending each Championship.
The above listed stakeholders are expected to join to form an LOC, and this manual outlines the
responsibilities of the LOC in hosting a World Lacrosse World Championship Event. This manual
complements the information provided in the WL Bid Submission Requirements, as detailed in the
Bid Guidelines document, against which prospective hosts will bid. This manual also provides an
overview of WL’s responsibilities in the delivery of an event.
It is essential that each member of the LOC become familiar with the information and policies
incorporated in this document.
The WL Event Hosting and Competition Manual should be read in conjunction with the documents,
rules and policies listed in the appendices. The LOC Event Director/Lead is also responsible for
being familiar with the WL Handbook which details the Governance documentation.
For Acronyms and Definitions in use throughout this manual see Appendix 1.
1. Introduction
2
The Vision, Mission, and Core Values of World Lacrosse, as adopted by the General Assembly in
2018, are as follows:
World Lacrosse Vision
Lacrosse is recognized and played by all countries worldwide and is an Olympic Sport.
World Lacrosse Mission
World Lacrosse will provide governance and integrity for all forms of lacrosse and will provide
responsive and effective leadership to support the sport’s development throughout the world.
World Lacrosse Core Values
The WL Core Values are the unwavering principles that WL never sacrifice. They guide WL in all
interactions and reflect the organization’s culture and priorities. WL strive to make these evident
every day in how the organization works and interacts with its audience.
• Teamwork - We believe in the importance of working together and achieving shared goals.
• Passion - We use our drive and commitment to energize, engage and inspire others.
• Respect - We have due regard for the feelings, wishes, rights and traditions of others.
• Integrity - We are open, honest, ethical, and fair. People trust us to adhere to our word.
• Friendship - We trust and support each other. Friendship brings camaraderie and
sportsmanship to the game.
• Inclusiveness - We value and include people with different ideas, strengths, interests, and
cultural backgrounds.
WL World Championship Events are the showcase for lacrosse on the international sporting stage.
These events support the WL Vision by raising awareness and recognition of lacrosse globally and
providing a platform for the World’s Sporting Family to be exposed to the dynamic nature of the
sport, and the professionalism of WL event delivery.
WL World Championship Events also support the organization’s Mission by promoting good
governance and integrity in delivery and supports the sport’s development by hosting events in a
variety of nations. Finally, WL believe that the core values provide the framework for delivering world
class sporting events and will work collaboratively with LOCs to ensure that the values are reflected
through the relationships built, and platforms created, to deliver the best events possible.
By using the framework provided by the Vision, Mission and Values, World Lacrosse, in
collaboration with event hosts, and stakeholders, aim to:
• Raise global awareness and recognition of the sport of lacrosse
• Provide a platform for the Olympic Family and wider international audience to be exposed to
the dynamic nature of the sport
• Ensure sound governance and integrity across all elements of event delivery
• Support sport development through hosting events in a variety of locations
• Keep the athletes at the heart of event related decision making and provide the best possible
experience for our athletes
• Maximize marketing value from events
• Generate revenue to support a sustainable future for lacrosse.
1.1 Vision, Mission and Values
3
1.2 Historical World Championship Results
The full objectives of WL as an International Federation are provided in section 1.4 of the WL
Constitution, which is included in the WL Handbook.
Results from previous World Championship Events are available at Appendices 2 a-e.
4
2.1 Language and Communication
In line with the Mission, World Lacrosse is committed to promoting good governance through all
areas of the organization and reaches of the sport, which extends to the planning and delivery of
World Lacrosse World Championship Events.
Good Governance ensures that organizations operate with transparency, accountability, and
financial integrity, which supports the objective of delivering WL World Championship Events to
the highest possible standard.
This manual is part of a wider portfolio of governance documentation incorporated in the WL
Handbook. Documents within the WL Handbook may be referenced within this manual but are
only included as part of the WL Handbook. These include, but are not limited to, the following:
• Constitution and Bylaws
• Anti-Discrimination Policy
• Code of Ethics
• Code of Betting Integrity
• Conflict of Interest Policy
• Data Protection Policy and Protocols
• Finance Policies
• Gender Equality and Diversity Policy
• Whistle Blower Policy
Where World Event specific versions of WL Governance Policies are required, these documents
will be included in the appendices of this manual.
The official language of World Lacrosse is English as detailed in Section 1.3.1 of the WL
Handbook. All communication and functions related to the Event shall be in English, including:
• Announcements during games
• Press conferences
• Print materials
• Official communications.
If necessary, and subject to WL approval, translation into the local language can be provided by the
LOC for certain events and in certain areas, such as local promotion. This is at the cost of the LOC
unless specifically requested by WL.
2. Governance and Finance
2.3 Selection and Neutrality of the Organizer
2.4 Event Title and Naming Rights
The LOC and WL will sign the Host Agreement which details the legal obligations of both parties in
the planning and delivery of a WL World Championship Event. This document will be signed
approximately three years prior to the Event. The LOC agrees to comply with the terms of
engagement contained within the Host Agreement and this WL Event Hosting and Competition
Manual.
Any changes to this manual, and the resulting event delivery requirements, requested by the LOC,
should be done so through written request to WL. WL will consider all requests but have the right
to maintain the delivery requirements as listed.
LOCs are expected to have access to their own legal support to manage contracts, procurement,
and support the general running of their organization. It is not expected that this is a dedicated
resource on the Event, but LOCs should have access to NGB or Host City support in this area.
The host and location for a specific Championship will be subject to a bid process to a timescale set
by the WL Board. WL will endeavor to conduct the bidding process for events four (4) years prior
to the year of the Championship; however, this may be shorter due to prevailing circumstances.
Countries interested in hosting a WL World Event must complete the World Championship Bid
Information, as detailed in the WL World Championship Bid Guidelines, and submit by the due
date.
WL expects the event to be neutral in all areas that are under the organizer’s responsibility, including
but not limited to, branding, promotion, print materials, and specifically in all competition related
areas to ensure parity across all teams.
However, WL consider the local NGB a partner of the event and some element of local branding will
be permitted, providing it is approved by WL as part of the overall Event Branding and Signage
Plan (See Section 4.1.2).
The naming of all WL World Events will follow the naming standard as indicated below:
Year: World Lacrosse: Sponsor (if appropriate): Gender: Discipline: Championship.
The official title of a World Lacrosse World Senior Championship Event shall be as follows:
“[YEAR] World Lacrosse [Men’s/Women’s] Championship”.
The official title of a World Lacrosse World U20 Championship Event shall be as follows:
“[YEAR] World Lacrosse [Men’s/Women’s] U20 Championship”.
The official title of a World Lacrosse Box World Championship Event shall be as follows:
“[YEAR] World Lacrosse [Men’s/Women’s] Box Championship
2.2 Legal Provisions
2.5 Event Dates and Scheduling
The official title of a World Lacrosse World Sixes Championship Event shall be as follows:
“[YEAR] World Lacrosse [Men’s/Women’s] Sixes Championship”
It is the responsibility of the host country to promote each Championship under the banner of WL.
Any “Naming Rights” to be included as part of a major sponsorship for a WL World Championship
Event shall be included after World Lacrosse in the event title. For example:
“[YEAR] World Lacrosse ‘Sponsor’ Men’s U20 Championship”
The inclusion of a title sponsor is subject to the approval of the WL Board. While WL will assist
where possible, the LOC is responsible for seeking sponsorship, where this is provided as a right
to the organizer. If a sponsor is granted, WL will have final approval of the Event name.
Throughout this manual it is noted that the Men’s & Women’s Championships may be referred to as
Senior, or Senior Field Championships, for further clarity.
Any queries relating to the format of the event title to include the naming rights should be discussed
with the WL Chief Brand and Communications Officer.
The program of WL World Championship Events takes place across a quadrennial period. The
calendar of events from 2022 to 2024, is detailed below, and further information on bidding
timelines, for events that have not yet been awarded, is available in the WL Bid Guidelines:
Year
WL Events
Other World Events
2022
Women's Senior Field
Men's U21* Field
The World Games
2023
Men’s Senior Field
2024
Men's & Women’s Box
Women's U20 Field
(Olympic Games)
*This men’s under-age event was originally scheduled as U19 in 2020; Due to the COVID
pandemic it was postponed to U20 in 2021, and then postponed again to U21 in 2022.
The following World Events include Lacrosse but are not WL owned events:
• 2022 World Games, Birmingham, Alabama, July 7 – 17
• 2025 World Games, Chengdu, People’s Republic of China, August 7 - 17
The program for the conduct of WL World Championship Events will be determined by WL with the
intent that each Championship be held every four (4) years. The Calendar of International Events
from 2024 – 2032 is located at Appendix 38.
The host country and WL will set the exact event dates by no later than 1 June two (2) years prior
to the World Event. With the increasing number of WL World Events these may be spread across
the calendar year, with Senior and U20 Field events generally taking place between June and
August, unless otherwise agreed by WL.
Each WL World Championship Event should be scheduled so that it does not overlap with other
major lacrosse events or leagues, (which will be shown in the calendar of events on the WL website)
and does not impact international multi-sport events in which lacrosse is included. The date of the
event must be agreed with WL before it is made public. Any requests to change the date following
this agreement must be made in writing to WL, who reserve the right to approve or disallow the
change.
The tournament shall not exceed 10 days from the first day of play to the final day of play, which is
normally held on a Saturday, unless an alternative is requested in writing by the LOC and
approved by WL. Further detail regarding the competition schedule, is provided in Section 5.1.2.
The commencement of the Opening Ceremony determines the opening of the Event unless an
alternative is requested in writing by the LOC and approved by WL.
The conclusion of the Closing Ceremony determines the end of the Event. However, a post-event
celebration may be held by the LOC if agreed in advance with WL. For more information on
functions and ceremonies see Section 7.2.
2.6 Roles & Responsibilities
Creating an exceptional world class lacrosse event requires close collaboration between all
event stakeholders. This section provides an overview of the roles and responsibilities of the
following organizations:
• World Lacrosse (WL)
• Local Organizing Committee (LOC)
• Participating Teams/National Governing Bodies (NGBs)
It is the responsibility of the host to create a Stakeholder Board or Oversight Management Structure
to ensure suitable governance of the LOC. This Board should include representatives of all key
stakeholders including the NGB, Host City and Venue. Representatives from WL may be invited to
attend Board meetings if appropriate. A Terms of Reference for the Board should be produced and
shared with WL.
2.6.1 WL Organizational Structure and Responsibilities
The lead WL contact for the LOC is the WL Director of Events (DoE). The DoE provides guidance
and feedback to the LOC regarding the planning and delivery of the event in its entirety.
The WL Competition Director (CD) is a member of the WL Board and takes responsibility for
oversight of the sport competition. Role descriptions for each of these roles are available at
Appendix 3.
Several WL roles are also key contributors to the successful delivery of WL World Championship
Events as detailed below:
• Technical Director – Supports the organization of Officials, Medical and Anti-Doping, and
has responsibility for the management of rules within WL.
• Officiating Chair – Oversees the appointment of Officials for the Event and works with the
LOC on the provision of Officials’ facilities.
• Chief Medical officer – Provides oversight and guidance to the LOC regarding Event
Medical Delivery.
• Chief Brand and Communications Officer – Supports the marketing and promotion of the
Event as well as overseeing broadcast rights and sponsorship sales.
• Social Multimedia Manager & Marketing Comms Manager– Supports the promotion of the
Event
In addition, the President, CEO, and designated members of the WL Board will attend the
Event, and suitable arrangements will be made between WL and the LOC for accommodation,
transport etc. as detailed in the relevant section of this document.
WL shall be responsible for:
• Ensuring that WL World Championship Events are conducted according to the policies and
rules of the sport.
• Determining the operational protocols pertaining to the conduct of the competition.
• Appointing all on-field and off-field Officials involved in the management of the competition.
• Determining and managing team and individual eligibility including dispensation requests
(where relevant).
• Overseeing the team entry and registration process.
• Determining the competition schedule for the Event.
• Advising on technical aspects of the Event for example Field of Play, Medical and Anti-Doping.
• Oversight of sport competition at Event.
• Coordination of Awards process.
• Supporting the marketing and promotion of the Event at a global level.
• Managing the relationship with the Rights Holder Broadcaster (RHB).
2.6.2 LOC Organizational Structure and Responsibilities
The Local Organizing Committee (LOC) is the local entity responsible for the planning and delivery
of the Event and has agreed to provide to World Lacrosse services and assistance in connection
with the various activities related to a Championship. The LOC will usually be made up of
representatives from the Host NGB, Host City and/or Event Venue, dependent on the
configuration of the organizational structure.
The LOC shall work in collaboration with WL staff to ensure that the Vision, Mission, Goals and
Core Values of World Lacrosse are guiding factors when planning and executing the WL World
Championship Event.
The LOC Event Director, or LOC Event Lead, is responsible for overseeing all aspects of the
event and liaising directly with the WL DoE. This appointment should be made approximately three
years prior to an Event. The LOC Event Director should be supported by a Competition Manager,
who is responsible for the management of the teams and the sport in liaison with the WL
Competition Director. This role should be recruited by the LOC, in consultation with WL, and can
be voluntary or paid. WL has the right to approve the appointment of the Competition Manager to
ensure that this person is suitably qualified to manage the competition.
A diagram showing the recommended delivery structure is available at Appendix 4.
The LOC Event Director should also create a staffing structure which allocates suitable resources
to cover the following areas of delivery to meet the needs of the event:
2.6.2.1 Accommodation and Catering
2.6.2.2 Accreditation
2.6.2.3 Anti-Doping
2.6.2.4 Broadcast
2.6.2.5 Event Presentation and Spectator Engagement
2.6.2.6 Finance and Legal
2.6.2.7 IT and Technical
2.6.2.8 Marketing and Promotion
2.6.2.9 Media Operations
2.6.2.10 Medical
2.6.2.11 Rights Delivery
2.6.2.12 Safeguarding and Welfare
2.6.2.13 Safety and Security
2.6.2.14 Sport Services and Competition
2.6.2.15 Ticketing
2.6.2.16 Transport
2.6.2.17 Venue Management
2.6.2.18 Volunteering/Workforce Operations
The organizational structure will be supported by several volunteer and contractor roles which make
up the full delivery team. Information relating to Workforce Management and Volunteers is available
in Section 6.8.
The LOC shall submit, for WL approval, an organizational chart advising of the proposed structure
of its organization as part of the bidding process. Any changes to the proposed organizational
structure should be notified to WL for information. Approval of changes by WL is not required.
The LOC Event Director will meet with the WL DoE, virtually or in person, on a bi-monthly basis or
more frequently as required in the lead up to the Event.
The organizational structure should include an estimation of the number of paid workforce and
volunteer positions during planning and delivery, as well as an overview of the volunteer
recruitment plan for the Event.
2.6.3 Competing Teams’ Responsibilities
The Athletes are at the very heart of any WL World Championship Event, and the LOC and WL
have a responsibility to provide the best possible platform on which the teams can perform.
However, to ensure the successful delivery of the Event the competing teams have the following
responsibilities:
• Payment, on invoice, of the Event Registration Fee to WL as per designated timelines.
• Payment, on invoice, of all participation costs to the event LOC, including the equalization of
Officials’ costs.
2.7 Finance
• Compliance with timelines relating to registration and the provision of information as detailed
by the LOC and WL. An overview of timelines is available at Appendix 5.
• Compliance with all rules, regulations and policies related to the safe and successful conduct
of the game of lacrosse as determined by WL.
The organization of any world class international sporting event requires substantial financial
investment. The support of municipalities and governments is essential for a successful Event,
and diligent budget management ensures that the Event is delivered on-time and within agreed
financial parameters.
2.7.1
Event Budget
Prospective hosts will provide an event budget as part of the Event bidding process as detailed in
the Bid Guidelines document. Following the awarding of an Event the LOC will provide an updated
version of the budget to WL no later than 90 days from award, which will be used as the budget
marker throughout planning. All provided budgets should be structured under the headings as
detailed below. Further updates may be requested by WL on a quarterly basis, or more frequently
in the six months leading up to the Event.
Income:
a. Sponsorship
b. Ticket Sales
c. Merchandise and Licensing (including Program Sales)
d. Media and Broadcast Rights
e. Accommodation and Transport Commissions/Festival
f. Grant Funding
g. Other – Please specify
Expenditure:
a. Personnel (including staff and volunteer provisions)
b. Event Administration (including accounting and insurance)
c. Sport Competition (sport equipment, stats provision etc)
d. Venue Hire and Build (including power and technology provision)
e. Security and Accreditation
f. Medical and Anti-Doping
g. Broadcast and Media
h. Accommodation, Catering and Transport
i. Marketing and Promotion (including ticket sales and branding)
j. Ceremonies, Awards and Protocols
k. Event Presentation
l. Other – Please Specify
m. Contingency
Net Income = Income minus expenditure.
The budgeted expenditure may include, but is not limited to, the following:
Accreditation
Anti-Doping Testing
Balls
Benches
Catering, Cleaning and
Waste
Communications
Emergency Medical Staff
Floodlights (if needed)
Goals/Goal Nets
Ice
Insurance
Media Support
Medical
Officials’ Transport
PA System
Physio Services
Field Marking
Program
Promotion
Publicity
Restrooms (Toilets)
Results Display
Seating
Signage/Banners
Sponsor/Media Hospitality
Stewards/Staff/Security
Tents
Ticketing
Timing, Scoring and
Results (TSR inc.
accommodation for
supplier)
Transportation
Volunteers
Website
WL acknowledge that budgets change as planning progresses. Should any of the budget headings
alter by more than 10% the LOC must notify WL at the earliest opportunity.
2.7.2
Rights Fee
Details and payment of the Rights Fee will be specified in the Hosting Agreement, signed between
WL and the LOC.
2.7.3
WL Provision
WL is responsible for covering the costs of the following items:
Medals and Awards
• Medals – Sourced and paid for by WL
• Trophies – Sourced and paid for by WL
• World Team Awards - Obtained locally, paid for by WL
• Individual Awards - Obtained locally, paid for by WL
• Participation Certificates - Obtained locally, paid for by WL
• Heart and Spirit of Lacrosse Awards (M&W) - Obtained locally, paid for by WL
• Player of the Match Awards - Obtained locally, paid for by WL.
Functions and Events
WL may host at least two receptions at each Event. It should be noted that there would only be a
second reception if the Event is held in conjunction with a General Assembly, with this being every
third year, and this would primarily be for GA Delegates and Observers.
Registration System
WL will provide the Registration System for the Event.
Officials’ Fitness Testing
Officials’ fitness tests should be arranged by the LOC but may be charged back to WL.
2.7.4
Team Costs
Team registration fees, which currently stand at USD$1,500 per team (2022), are administered
and retained by WL. Teams will be invoiced as per an agreed timeline. Detail on timelines for
payment are available in Section 5.4.1.
Teams/NGBs are responsible for their own costs including, but not limited to:
• Accommodation
• Catering
• Transport to and from the event*
• Playing Kit/Uniforms
• Other Clothing
• Sport Equipment (unless specified)
*
Note: Teams are responsible for the cost of travel to and from the official international entry hub
(i.e., airport) designated by the LOC. See Section 6.6 Transport for more details.
2.7.5
Officials’ Costs
Officials’ accommodation and catering is arranged by the LOC and paid for by the participating
teams (shared cost). Details on the required accommodation provision for Officials is provided in
Section 6.2.2. The total cost per team should not exceed USD$3,500. This is based on 30 teams
competing (total USD$105,000). If it is more than this amount approval must be sought from WL.
The LOC will arrange and pay for transport from the designated arrival point (airport/rail station) to
event accommodation, and return, at the end of the Event which may be equalized between the
teams.
Officials, and/or their National Governing Bodies, will cover the cost of transport to and from home
to the designated arrival point (airport/rail station). Travel Insurance, covering cancelation, delay,
re-booking, and illness, is the sole responsibility of each Official (or their NGB). Evidence of
insurance will be provided to the Officiating Chair no later than two months prior to the World
Event.
The shared cost (accommodation and food) is to be arranged such that those participating teams
who do not provide any Officials pay 10% more than those who do provide Officials.
For both men’s and women's events the Officials are responsible for their own uniform costs;
however, where possible, sponsorship will be sought by WL.
2.8 Insurance
It is the responsibility of the LOC to provide Athletic Trainer/ Physiotherapist care for the On-Field
Officials. This cost to be shared amongst all participating countries. It is the LOCs responsibility to
invoice the teams for this cost.
It is the responsibility of the LOC to ensure all event insurance is in place as detailed below. It is
the responsibility of each competing nation to ensure all personnel are insured to travel and
participate in the Event. No responsibility for the insurance of Athletes, Team Support Staff,
athlete equipment or spectators will be taken by WL or the LOC.
Cancelation Insurance: The LOC shall secure and maintain, at its own expense during the period
of at least 18 months prior to (and including) the Event, sufficient insurance with an insurer of
recognized international standing to cover the consequences of cancelation, abandonment,
postponement, or relocation of the Event due to weather, terrorism, or other unforeseen
circumstances. Where possible, coverage should be secured for force majeure, pandemic, or other
relevant exposures. The LOC shall notify WL of any exclusions within the policy.
Liability Insurance: The LOC shall secure and maintain, at its own expense during the period of
at least 18 months prior to the Event, comprehensive general liability insurance with an insurer of
recognized international standing with minimum insuring limits of USD$5,000,000 per occurrence
and of USD$10,000,000 aggregate per policy term for bodily injury, property damage and financial
losses arising out of any operations associated with the staging and hosting of the Event. Such
insurance shall be in broad form and shall contain no exclusion for liability for injury to athletic
participants. Policies must include Sexual Abuse and Molestation Liability and have no exclusion
for Concussion or Neurodegenerative Liability (both coverages to a minimum of USD$2million).
World Lacrosse shall be named as an additional insured party under this policy.
Insurance for Products Provided by Commercial Suppliers: All value in kind which will be
provided to the LOC by Event Commercial Partners will have to be adequately insured by the LOC.
This includes but is not limited to, IT, video, and office equipment. World Lacrosse shall be named
as an additional insured party under this policy.
World Lacrosse shall be provided a copy of all insurance policies within 10 days of the procurement
of each policy.
World Lacrosse Responsibilities: WL shall insure the following persons against accidents which
may occur during their travel to and from the country hosting the competition:
• Designated WL Board Directors and WL Staff attending the Event.
Participating National Governing Bodies (NGBs) Responsibilities: The NGBs, whose teams
participate in the competition, and those who attend solely for the General Assembly (every third
year), must have appropriate levels of accident medical, liability and travel insurance and insure
their teams against the following:
• Accidents which may occur during travel to and from the country hosting the competition.
2.9 Project Management
• Sport-related accidents and injuries which may occur to Athletes during the competition and
for which the LOC is not responsible.
• Cancelation of travel, accommodation or travel related incidents.
NGBs should confirm to the LOC that such insurance is in place and has global coverage for the
location of the Event.
It is noted that some countries e.g., USA, require a specific level of medical insurance for teams
competing in the country. The LOC must notify WL and the participating NGBs of any specific
insurance requirements at least one (1) year in advance of the Event.
The LOC shall develop a detailed Timeline and Work Plan to ensure the best use of available
resources, efficient time management, maximizing financial resources and to minimize last minute
issues.
2.9.1 Reporting
To ensure close collaboration and seamless delivery, WL require the LOC to provide regular
updates to the DoE, who will present to the WL Board in advance of the Event at the following
times.
Update 1 – WL first quarter Board meeting – approximately eighteen (18) months prior to
the Event.
Update 2 – WL General Assembly – approximately one (1) year prior to the Event.
Update 2 – WL first quarter Board meeting – approximately six (6) months prior to the Event.
The DoE will work closely with the LOC to determine the content of these presentations which will
be agreed between the parties at least one (1) month prior to the presentations.
` 2.9.2 Site Visits
WL will conduct site visits to the venue and accommodation on at least an annual basis in advance
of the Event. The cost for these site visits will be borne by WL but the LOC will be responsible for
facilitating access to the Event site.
2.9.3
Milestone Management
WL will require the LOC to report progress against agreed milestones to ensure that event planning
is progressing as expected.
The list of WL proposed milestones are provided in Appendix 5. Any amendment to this plan will
be agreed between the parties within 60 days of execution of the Hosting Agreement.
In addition, WL suggest the use of a wider project plan to cover all elements of planning. WL is
available to support the LOC in the creation of this document if required. Recommended milestones
include, but are not limited to the following:
a. Submission of Budget and Budget Update deadlines
b. Organizational Structure and Volunteer Recruitment Timelines
c. Venue Layout
d. Accreditation and Security Plan
e. Accommodation Plan – Number of hotels, prices etc.
f. Marketing and Promotional Plan
g. Ticketing Plan and on-sale date
h. Broadcast Production Plan
i. Transport Plan
j. Festival Plan – if festival is included
k. Branding and Signage Plan
l. Medical Operation and Anti-Doping Provision confirmed
m. Team Communication Dates
n. Competition Schedule Drafted/Communicated to Teams
o. Appointment of Officials
p. Detail of Ceremonies and Event Presentation provision
q. Timing, Scoring and Results Provision Confirmed
r. Submission of Contingency Plans
s. Event Final Report and Transfer of Knowledge
2.9.4
Risk Management
WL require the provision of a Risk Management Matrix which highlights any risks/concerns that
the LOC may have in delivering the Event against the Hosting Agreement and this manual.
The LOC agrees to work with the WL DoE to create a Risk Management Matrix which will be
shared with the WL Finance, Audit and Risk Committee, and the Board as required. The format
and template of this matrix will be agreed between the LOC and WL Representative within thirty
(30) days of the signature of the Hosting Agreement. An example template is available at Appendix
6 and includes the following headers:
• Risk Detail
• Type of Risk (Financial, Reputational, Strategic, Operational)
• Likelihood (graded score)
• Severity (graded score)
• Impact (Likelihood x Severity + Severity) *
• Mitigations
• Date of Review
Risks may be strategic, financial, operational, safety or reputational for the LOC, WL, or the event
stakeholders. Example risks include lack of ticket sales, extreme weather, team no-shows etc.
*
For example, if the Likelihood level is 3 and the Severity is 4 the total impact would be 3 x 4 + 4 =
16. This is because the Severity has a greater effect on level of risk.
2.9.5
Operational Readiness and Contingency Planning
Operational Readiness ensures that the delivery team is fully prepared for the everyday operation
of the Event. In contrast, contingency planning provides documented responses to unexpected
occurrences which may impact the smooth running of the Event.
2.10 Knowledge Transfer and Post-Event Reporting
WL suggests that the LOC prepare an Operating Plan which details the different elements of
delivery and provides a single source of truth for those involved in the Event. Although not a
condition of hosting, WL recommends that the LOC undertakes a series of readiness exercises,
such as desktop scenarios, with the delivery team, in the lead up to the Event. The WL DoE can
work with the LOC to create testing scenarios and assist in the hosting of these exercises if
required.
It is also recommended that the LOC create a set of Contingency Plans which highlight areas of
delivery risk and provide mitigations to these risks/action plans should such incidents occur.
Contingency Plans should be provided in case of unexpected occurrences such as inclement
weather. Contingency Plans should be used during operational readiness to test the LOC’s level
of preparation in advance of the Event. Further information on safety is available in Section 6.4.
No later than ninety (90) days following the Event, the LOC shall provide WL a final report, which
includes the following:
1. A compilation of all supporting documents and forms used in the preparation and conduct of
the Event, including video, photo, and print materials
2. An outline of the committees that assisted with the local organization, including
responsibilities, protocol, and other information
3. A timeline for each area of responsibility reflecting the planning schedule
4. Recommendations for the future conduct of the Event.
All financial reconciliation is required no later than six (6) months following the completion of the
Event as detailed in the Hosting Agreement between the parties.
A template for the Post Event Report is available at Appendix 7.
3.1 Ownership of Commercial Rights
3.2 Broadcast
Broadcast, sponsorship, licensing, ticket sales and hospitality are not only revenue streams for an
event but are among the most powerful promotional tools WL and the LOC have access to.
To grow the name and image of the World Lacrosse World Championship Event, as well as to
increase event revenues, WL and the LOC must effectively coordinate and manage the sales and
delivery of the Event’s commercial rights.
WL is the rights holder (owner) for each World Lacrosse World Championship Event, and as such
all marks, multimedia (broadcast etc.) and commercial rights associated with the Event are
exclusively owned by WL.
The below list provides an overview of the assets owned by WL:
• World Lacrosse logo and name
• Event logo and name
• Event word mark, tournament mark and tagline/slogan
• Event mascot and its name
• Event song and music
• Image of the Event
• Image and name of the Event Trophy
• All broadcast footage from any games of the Event produced by the Host Broadcaster
• Any historical archive, including broadcast footage and photography
• Any data related to the Event, including game summaries and official statistics
• Any graphic secondary elements developed for the Event in association with Event logo and
marks.
• Commercial associations with the event for the creation of partnerships and sponsorships.
However, WL can choose to assign certain rights to the LOC which will be determined in the Event
Hosting Agreement between the LOC and WL.
WL must approve all uses of the marks and other intellectual property, including, but not limited to,
public messages (audio and visual) inside and outside the venues as well as any signage inside
and outside the venue.
The LOC is responsible for ensuring that a broadcast ‘signal’ for all games is professionally
produced at a level suitable for distribution across linear (television) and streaming (digital)
platforms. Any variation from this requirement must be agreed in writing, in advance, with WL.
The LOC is responsible for meeting broadcast production standards as established by WL with
respect to number of cameras, video replay, graphics, and the announcement of teams.
3. Rights Allocation and Licensing
The overall Broadcast Production Plan must be approved at least three (3) months before the
World Championship Event, by WL, with a draft proposal received at least twelve (12) months prior
to the Event.
3.2.1
Rights Allocation
The broadcast for WL World Championship Events is a fundamental component of growing the
sport in both domestic and international markets. As the Event Rights Holder, WL is responsible
for the negotiation and conclusion of all contracts relating to the worldwide transmission of all games
in the Event.
The term “Transmission” includes all coverage by terrestrial, satellite, cable and closed-circuit
television, Internet, video, radio, and film on a live or delayed basis, whether broadcast complete
or in highlights. All new technical broadcast innovations come under these terms including IP,
broadband, mobile, digital, high definition, wide screen, compressed vision, 3-D, 4K, virtual
animated graphics and video, computer or other multimedia formats are included, as well as
innovations relating to the broadcast of the Event that have not yet been developed.
WL alone can authorize broadcasts of all or any games of the Event, including arrangements for
provision of the basic coverage, and for all live and delayed broadcasts (highlights, news or otherwise)
into all countries.
No television broadcasters, radio stations, video or film companies will be allowed access to the
games without the prior approval of WL. No broadcasters are permitted to broadcast in whole, or in
part, any of the games without WL’s prior consent.
In general, the broadcaster requirements may include, but are not limited to, space for camera
positions, commentary positions, venue TV studios, presentation and interview positions, television
briefing room, Outside Broadcast (OB) compound and space for several television technical and
production vehicles as detailed in Section 3.2.2 below.
Additional information regarding the financial ownership of broadcast rights is detailed in the WL
Bylaws in Section 1.5 of the WL Handbook.
3.2.2
Broadcast Production
It is the responsibility of the LOC to ensure that broadcast production is provided to a suitable
standard which will be agreed between WL, the LOC, and the Rights Holder Broadcaster (RHB).
Details of this will be included in the Hosting Agreement and subsequent contracts between WL and
the RHB(s).
The LOC shall provide the necessary space as is reasonably required for the installation of cameras
by the broadcast production partner. The exact details of the location of all cameras, studios,
presentation, and interview positions must be detailed on venue plans prior to the Event and will
follow the guidelines set out in this manual.
Gold Package
The Gold Package of broadcast production will be mandatory on the main championship field. The
minimum provision for this field will be as follows:
•
Minimum six cameras
o
one at midfield location (1)
o
one in each end zone (2)
o
one on each goal line (2)
o
one handheld (1)
•
Broadcast / announce team (player by player)
•
Clock visible on screen
•
Full replay.
WL, the LOC, and RHB will determine which matches will receive the Gold Package of coverage
and therefore need to be located on the main championship field. It is anticipated that at a minimum
the semi-finals and medal games will be included in the broadcast Gold Package.
Bronze Package
The Bronze Package of broadcast production will be required on all other fields, or as specified by
WL, as permissible in the Hosting Agreement. The minimum provision on these fields is as follows:
•
Two fixed cameras; one at midfield location
•
No broadcast / announce team
•
Clock visible on screen
•
No replay.
Games that will be included in the Bronze Package will be agreed with various distribution partners.
As this may not occur until close to the Event a minimum of Bronze Package provision is required
on all fields, unless agreed with WL at least three (3) months in advance of the Event.
Broadcast Layout
The LOC will appoint a suitably experienced Broadcast Production Partner who will work with the
LOC to ensure that camera positions and other essential equipment are included on venue layout
plans. The positioning of cameras, trucks and other equipment may be subject to the approval of
the Officials or LOC representative who is responsible for the safe administration of the Field of Play
(FOP). A Camera Plan must be provided to WL at least six (6) months prior to the Event. Any
platforms or structures required to elevate cameras will be provided by the LOC.
Information on additional media facilities which can be accessed by broadcasters, such as the mixed
zone and press conference area, are detailed in Section 6.3.
Copies of Games
The LOC must ensure that the broadcast production partner provides a copy of games, which is
accessible for each of the Teams and the Officials, within one hour of the conclusion of each
game. All participating teams must have access to a copy of their own games. The cost of digital
recordings for member nations/individuals is to be determined by the LOC and agreed with WL.
However, copies of the matches must be provided to WL and the Officials’ Leadership Team free
of charge.
Information on filming locations for Team Personnel, separate to broadcast provision, is available
in Section 5.5.4.
3.2.3
Basic Principles
The basic principles listed below must be adhered to:
Field. Broadcast equipment and personnel staff shall not be positioned in any locations that can
endanger Athletes and Officials. All cameras shall be a minimum of two meters from the side-lines
and end lines of the field and, where advertising signage is in position, they must be located behind
this signage.
Moveable, handheld camera operators, working for the Broadcast Partner, will be allowed access
to the field and team benches but will only be permitted on the field during timeouts, half-time and
immediately following the conclusion of the game. Broadcast representatives shall not approach
Athletes or Coaches for interviews or comments during play without the prior consent of WL.
Athletes and Coaches. Broadcast Partners shall respect the needs of the Athletes and Coaches.
All arrangements for interviews should be made via the relevant WL representative, and
interviews may only take place outside of the “technical zone” in areas that are judged to be safe
for all participants. Most interviews will take place in the Mixed Zone – see section 6.3.
Officials. Broadcast equipment and personnel shall not cause any confusion or unreasonable
obstruction to the view or movement of the game Officials, Athletes, and Coaches.
Spectators. Camera equipment and personnel shall not unreasonably obstruct any spectator view
of the field. Cameras shall not record the crowd in a manner that would cause any dangerous
activity.
On site, in advance of the tournament, the Broadcast Production contact shall meet with the WL
Chief Brand and Communications Officer, WL Director of Events, and the Head of Officiating to
establish the following:
• Camera positions, camera personnel movements and other production facilities potential
impact on FOP, Teams, and Officials
• Media timeouts and the scheduling of these within the broadcast
• Officials’ microphone requirements
• Variations to pregame running order related to broadcast – see Section 5.1.4 re: pre-game
schedule
• Penalty reporting requirements
• Any other game protocol related requirements that may be altered by broadcast request.
3.3 Sponsorship
Reporters shall not approach Athletes or Coaches for interviews or comments during play.
Microphones must not be placed in any position which may cause a danger to an Athlete.
The LOC shall provide an agreed number of tier-one event sponsorships for WL sponsors, which
include all sponsor benefits associated with the Event excluding broadcast assets. WL will confirm
with the LOC the requirement for sponsorships no later than six (6) months prior to the Event. In
the event WL does not notify the LOC by the deadline, those rights will revert to the LOC.
The LOC is encouraged to pursue corporate sponsorships to help promote the World
Championship, enhance the athlete and spectator experience, and generate revenue to underwrite
the staging of the Event.
The LOC should provide to WL, for review and approval, a high-level corporate Sponsorship Plan
no less than two (2) years before the Event.
WL must approve all corporate sponsorships before any agreement may be considered final.
WL retains the right to reserve certain sponsorship categories and assets for its own International
Federation partners, which will be notified to the LOC in a timely manner. WL and the LOC will
keep the other party notified of any sponsorship agreements to avoid a clash in category
allocation.
Sponsorship by a company involved in, or advertising for, the following product lines is prohibited
at WL World Championship Events:
• Tobacco and related items
• Alcohol – for U20 events and where minors may be competing i.e., an associated festival.
• Anything that would offend the Spectators, Teams, Event Sponsors etc. (accepting on the
latter point there may be some degree of competition e.g., Visa with one team and
MasterCard with another etc.).
3.3.1
Sponsorship Structure
The LOC must produce a Commercial Rights Matrix which lists all the assets and rights available
at the Event and work with WL on how these may be allocated. An example of a Commercial
Rights Matrix is available at Appendix 8.
3.3.2
Member Nation/Competing Team Rights
The commercial rights for each participating team are owned by that team and its National
Governing Body. The LOC and WL may request to convey certain commercial benefits, such as
uniform branding, to partners on a case-by-case basis. This process will be managed by WL in
consultation with the teams. Any costs associated with the activation of such commercial benefits
are not to be borne by the Team or its NGB.
Specifications regarding uniform sponsorship is detailed in Section 5.5.5. No further rights will be
allocated to teams.
Full stadiums are a priority for WL World Championship Events, in line with the key objective of
increasing awareness and support for the sport of lacrosse. It is important, therefore, that the
ticketing strategy, in coordination with the marketing and promotion strategy, provides easily
accessible and affordable tickets, whilst ensuring that revenue targets are met.
3.4.1
Ticketing Strategy
The LOC and WL will work together to carefully research and formulate a detailed ticket sales and
pricing strategy.
Tickets may be offered for single games, full days or across the full duration of the Championship.
The LOC shall carefully analyze and determine the most effective type of ticket to attract crowds
and maximize ticket sales with the strategy presented to WL for approval.
For senior-level World Championship Events the minimum seating capacity expected on the finals
field is five thousand (5,000).
A second field, with a seating capacity of at least 1,000 is also required. Where only one (1) field
of play (FOP)floor is in use, for example at a WL Box Championship, a minimum capacity of five
thousand (5,000) is required.
For an U20 WL World Championship the minimum seating capacity expected on the main
championship field is one thousand (1,000).
The ticketing strategy should be shared with WL at least eighteen (18) months prior to the Event.
3.4.2
Ticketing Pricing
In the initial budget the LOC will be required to detail how projected ticket sales income has been
calculated. This calculation will be reviewed considering prevailing circumstances to produce the
overall pricing matrix.
Factors that determine what ticket price should be charged are:
• Demand and interest
• Venue capacity
• Time of games
• Level and price of local competing activities
• Competitive strength of the host nation.
3.4.3
Complimentary Tickets
The LOC shall provide the following complimentary tickets to World Lacrosse as detailed in the
Event Hosting Agreement:
3.4 Ticketing
3.5 Merchandising and Licensing
• A minimum of 30 all event tickets including VIP access at no cost. This is to cover the WL
Board, WL Staff and invited guests including WL Corporate Partners. This does not account for
WL Lifetime Award Honorees, who will be in addition to the above and at WL cost.
• Provision for each WL Member NGB Representative attending any associated WL GA
meeting (every 3
rd
year) in person to access two (2) Event tickets (if both Delegate and
Observer present) at no cost provided that the names of the Delegate and Observer are
advised at least thirty (30) days prior to the commencement of the Event. And provision for a
Continental Federation Representative from each CF to access one (1) Event ticket at no cost
if in attendance at the GA.
• WL may require additional tickets, at no cost, for invited guests from the IOC, National Olympic
Committees, Global Association of International Sports Federations (previously Sport Accord)
and the International World Games Association (IWGA), which are not to exceed twelve (12)
tickets in total.
• Participating Teams and Support Staff (as per Team Composition section 5.3.6), and Officials,
shall be provided with an Event ticket as part of their participation package.
• Approx. 10-20 seats should be reserved for Media at the Main Championship Field (see Media
Operations in Section 6.3).
3.5.1
Licensing and Retail
Licensing is the sale of rights for the creation, development and sale of exclusive official products
which use the marks, mascots, and images of the Event, and are called Official Licensed Products.
All rights relating to the commercial use of the WL logo and family of marks (licensing, merchandise,
marketing) belong exclusively to WL. WL will work with the LOC to determine the process for selling
WL branded merchandise through the Event’s own merchandise supplier; however, WL reserve the
right to source products from other suppliers if required.
The right to license products for retail that contain the Event logo resides with the LOC. However,
if the Event logo contains any part of the WL logo approval of all product designs must be acquired
from WL. The WL logo may not be used on sales items without written permission of WL.
WL will work closely with the LOC and agree a mechanism for the sale of co-branded merchandise
at the Event, and potentially prior to the Event, through on-line sales.
An agreement of the division of profit from merchandising and licensing will be detailed in the Event
Hosting Agreement.
3.5.2
Team Merchandise
It is the responsibility of the LOC to provide at no charge to each competing nation and WL, the
necessary facility to sell items. Sales items are the choice of each country; however, examples and
photos, or a list of items should be sent to the LOC in advance. A country will confirm if they
require space to sell items no less than three (3) months before the commencement of the
Championship.
3.5.3
Officials’ Merchandise
The Officiating Group shall be allowed to use the event logo on officiating apparel or items for
exchange within the officiating party on the expressed understanding that the logoed items will not
be made available for resale outside the Officiating Group, and items are sold within the group on
a cost-basis only.
The design of these items must be shared with the LOC and WL DoE in advance of production.
3.5.4
Vendor Village
It is the responsibility of the LOC to permit/sell “sales space” to others, e.g., sponsors, as well as
provide an adequate “sales area”, with provision for security.
To incorporate the above the LOC has the right to create a vendor village near the playing fields as
an exhibition area for suppliers and sponsor activations.
3.5.5
Event Program
It is the responsibility of the LOC to publish an Event Program which will be distributed for sale at
the Event and as a complimentary offer for Teams, Officials, WL, VIPs, and the Media. The
Program should include the schedule of games and details of the competing teams.
The program must also include the following:
• Welcome from WL President
• Welcome from Host Country/LOC Event Director
• WL Page (for WL chosen content)
• Acknowledgements by Host Country/LOC
• Team Roster, including the name, number, and position of each Athlete, as well as the names
of Support Staff for each team
• Professionally produced team photo/individual photos
• Officials’ information – names and photos
• Program of games/Event schedule
• WL Board of Directors page
• Guide to Lacrosse including Official Hand Signals/Rules
• Advertising for LOC or WL Corporate and Broadcast Partners
The LOC will determine the complete list of information that will be included in the Event Program
in addition to the items listed. Any information that is required from client groups such as Officials,
Teams, and WL, should be requested from these individual groups at least six (6) months prior to
the Event. At this time, the LOC will also confirm the mechanism by which information should be
submitted.
3.6 Hospitality
Information, including team biographies, is required from the teams to the LOC, a minimum of three
(3)
months prior to the Event. Depending on print lead times the LOC may call for information at an
earlier date but at least one (1) months’ notice must be given from request to submission date.
It is the responsibility of each country to meet all deadline requirements and to ensure that all
information submitted is accurate. Changes made after any deadlines set may not be included in
the Event Program.
Only the official number of Athletes and Team Support Staff will be shown in the Program. If
additional Athletes are also listed in the online registration submission the Athletes who should be
included in the Program must be designated three (3) months prior to the Event/or by a deadline
as advised by the LOC. Alternate Athletes will not be listed in the Program. Photos must be
provided in the size and format required by the LOC.
The WL Competition Director must be provided with a draft prior to finalization and printing.
Complimentary programs should be distributed to each client group on arrival.
The LOC has the option of offering hospitality for sale as a revenue generator for the Event. Plans
for providing commercial hospitality at a WL World Championship Event should be notified to WL
before sales commence.
4.1 Brand Identity
A fundamental objective of WL is to increase the number of spectators at each WL World
Championship Event. This includes raising awareness of the Event beyond the lacrosse
community.
The WL Marketing Team will work closely with the LOC to create the Marketing and Promotion Plan
for the Event which will be required two years in advance of the Event.
The brand identity of the Event is composed of the following marks/items:
• Event name
• Event logo
• Event word mark and/or tournament mark
• Event secondary graphic elements
• Event tagline
• Event mascot and its name.
WL will provide the LOC the right to create a logo associated with the Event. This logo must include
the WL logo, Event name, location and date of the Event and must be approved by WL before use,
approval not to be unreasonably withheld. The use of the WL logo must comply with the WL Brand
Guidelines.
The LOC are responsible for developing the brand identity for the Event; however, this must not
conflict with the WL Brand Guidelines and must be approved by WL before publication.
An overview of the WL Brand Guidelines is available at Appendix 9, with the Brand Guidelines
document under separate cover on the WL website. Any queries relating to this document should
be directed to the WL Chief Brand and Communications Officer or the WL DoE.
4.1.1
Event Brand Identity and Intellectual Property Rights
WL shall be the exclusive owner of all marks, which will be registered by WL in its name.
The following marks are part of World Lacrosse’s exclusive IP portfolio:
• World Lacrosse name and logo
• Event trophy, its imagery and name
• Event song and music
• All TV footage from any games of the Event, and any historical archive, including TV footage
and photography
• Video footage of the Event for commercial purposes
• Any data related to the Event.
Any use of the listed properties is subject to World Lacrosse approval prior to use.
4. Marketing and Promotion
4.2 Marketing and Promotional Plan
WL must approve all uses of the marks and other intellectual property, including, but not limited to,
public messages (audio and visual) inside and outside the venues, as well as any signage inside
and outside the venue.
The results of any marketing or social, or any type of survey, analysis or research done at the Event
venue, based on the Event, or related to the Event by any third parties, will be granted to WL free
of charge, as well as access to the collected raw data.
4.1.2
Event Branding and Signage
Event Branding Rights. The right to secure World Event signage shall be granted to the LOC.
However, the LOC must ensure that WL sponsors are provided signage rights as allocated in any
sponsorship agreements.
WL will provide at least two (2) WL Field Signs which must be in a prominent position visible on
the broadcast cameras. WL reserve the right to approve the positioning of these signs once
broadcast cameras are in position. In addition, the WL logo should be marked on the playing fields
and on LOC branding in prominent positions visible on the broadcast cameras.
If the LOC is unable to fulfil all signage rights for the Event these rights may be returned to WL.
Event Branding Design. The Event Branding includes all graphic and design solutions that will
be developed and used to represent the image or “look and feel” of the Event. These designs may
be applied in different ways during different time phases, prior to and during the Event, such as
city dressing and venue dressing. Where the WL brand and/or logo is used in a new layout or
format, approval must be sort from WL.
Event Branding Production and Set Up. The LOC will provide an Event Branding Plan to WL at
least six (6) months prior to the Event. This Plan will identify branding locations and the look of the
Event as well as confirmation of the provider and outline the installation program.
4.2.1
General Principles and Responsibilities
The main objective for event promotion is to create awareness of, and interest in, the Event. There
are various elements involved in promotion, which can be global/international, national, or local and
can be initiated years in advance and up to, during, and after the Event.
Although it is understood that the LOC will focus largely on national promotion, while WL will take
responsibility for generating awareness at an international level, it is important that the LOC and WL
work closely together to ensure that all promotional activities, whether national or international, are
coherent, coordinated, and consistent.
Media and Photography responsibilities at the Event are detailed in Section 6.3 Media Operations.
4.3 Digital Promotion
4.2.2
Promotional Plan
The LOC shall develop a Promotional Plan to be presented to WL that may include, but is not
limited to, the following:
• Event positioning and message
• Target audience
• Tactics including print and digital, TV and radio advertising
• Ticket sales strategy
• Ticket promotions, including details of sales promotions and special incentives
• Involvement of national team and other celebrities for media interviews in the lead up to the
Event
• Promotions through national lacrosse leagues and at all lacrosse events
• Community and school activities
• Trophy tour
• Production of materials.
The WL Marketing Team will meet with the LOC Marketing Representatives in advance of this to
agree roles and responsibilities and ensure that a collaborative plan is in place.
In the current climate digital promotion is not only a powerful tool for promotion of the Event but in
many cases is the primary medium for communication. Digital promotion includes, but is not limited
to the Event Website, content management and social media platforms.
4.3.1
Event Website and Content Management
The website is a key source of information for participants, media, and fans around the world. The
LOC is responsible for the creation of the website, and the LOC shall appoint an individual to
oversee and manage local content. This individual shall ensure that website content remains up-to-
date and consistent and is aligned with WL’s communications strategy.
WL and the LOC shall work together to develop appealing and engaging content for the website,
which ensures a good balance between presentation of the host country, athlete information and
biographies, live scores and standings, news and features, game reviews, interviews, live audio and
video, high quality pictures, exclusive video coverage and games/interactive content.
Through WL’s own website WL offer LOCs the opportunity to utilize an existing platform for the
creation of an Event website for a small fee. It is recommended that LOCs use this as the most
cost-effective solution to website provision; however, at a minimum, LOCs must ensure that the
Event website can be linked to the main WL website. Also, it is expected that the LOC will include
a link from its website to the WL web site.
The LOC must request approval from WL when choosing an Event website URL to ensure that it
does not conflict with other events, especially when more than one WL World Championship is
taking place in a single year.
4.4 Media Partnerships and Advertising
4.3.2
Social Media Networks
Social media networks have become the main channel for promotional activities, reaching millions
of people in just a few seconds and with much lower expenditure compared to traditional promotional
activities.
The LOC is responsible for establishing the official event social media channels, in consultation with
the WL Social & Multimedia Manager. An official Event hashtag will be defined and should be used
wherever possible. As per the website these hashtags will need to be approved by WL to ensure
that they do not clash with other WL World Championship Events.
When possible, the LOC shall establish media partnerships on a national level and in the host cities
with national media partners such as local newspapers, websites, magazines, or outlets, provided
they do not interfere with granted television and radio rights.
5.1 Competition Format
Athletes are at the very heart of every WL World Championship Event, and it is the LOC’s
responsibility, in collaboration with WL and other event partners, to ensure a world class
environment is provided which gives Athletes the platform to perform to the best of their abilities.
This section details the facilities, services and details required to deliver the highest standard of
competition.
The competition format of each tournament is critical for both the success and credibility of any WL
World Championship Event. This may vary between the differing disciplines of Field and Box
lacrosse, and is dependent on various factors including the location, facilities, and number of
participating teams.
5.1.1
Discipline Variations and Sanctioned Events
This manual provides an overview of the hosting requirements for WL World Championship Events
across all disciplines; however, WL acknowledge that there may be variations in provision,
especially between men’s and women’s events, and between Field and Box disciplines. Where
possible these variations have been acknowledged and standardized; however, it may not have
been possible to capture all variations, therefore, WL are open to discussions with LOC
representatives where this may occur.
The World Lacrosse disciplines are:
Field
• World Championship (Men’s and Women’s)
• World Lacrosse Sixes World Championship (Men’s and Women’s)
In the Men’s and Women’s Field disciplines there are current age-group categories as detailed
below:
• Men’s U20 World Championship
• Women’s U20 World Championship
Box
• World Box Championship (Men’s and Women’s)
5. Sport Competition and Technical Management
This manual will also be relevant for WL Sanctioned Events. The WL Event Sanctioning Policy is
under review and once confirmed any events that wish to be considered WL Sanctioned Events will
need to adhere to the protocols of this manual.
5.1.2
Competition Structure and Schedule
At the 2021 GA the Competition Structure was reviewed with the key agreed change being the future
elimination of the Blue Division. The existing WL Championship Structure includes the Blue Division as
detailed in Appendix 10 and shall be revised.
WL will work closely with the LOC to produce the competition schedule, based on the competition
structure, and subject to the number of competing countries, at least nine (9) months prior to the
Event. WL will consider factors including ticket sales and requests from the LOC regarding
allocation of games, but final confirmation of the schedule lies with WL.
Once confirmed by WL and the LOC the schedule shall be circulated to participating Members and
across media channels.
5.1.3
Practice Schedule
The LOC will provide a minimum of one practice field per each playing field which ideally will be the
same surface as the playing field. These will be available to teams on competition days and up to a
maximum of three (3) days prior to the Event commencement, pending the LOC’s confirmation.
For Box Tournaments, a minimum of one (1) practice floor should be provided.
Practice facility requests must be made to the LOC no later than three (3) months prior to
commencement of the Event. The LOC will confirm practice facility allocations no later than two
(2) months prior to commencement of the Event.
Each country must confirm acceptance/non-acceptance of the proposed training schedule to the
LOC no later than six (6) weeks prior to commencement of the Event.
The LOC is not required to schedule practice time for teams who do not submit their request by the
agreed deadline; however, can do so if sessions are available.
5.1.4
Pre-and Post-Match Schedules
The pre-match schedule details the activities which take place in the lead up to a game on the
playing field before a game commences. This includes, Athlete introductions, team line-ups,
anthems, and toss of coin for ends. A detailed schedule is available at Appendix 11 and in the
relevant WL Rule Book.
The post-match schedule provides for the 10-minute cool-down period on the playing field after the
conclusion of the match. A detailed schedule is available at Appendix 12 and in the relevant WL
Rule Book.
The LOC has the right, and is encouraged, to include pre-match entertainment; however, this needs
to work around the official pre-match schedule. Further detail is available in Section 7.2.1 Event
Presentation.
5.1.5
Timing of Match Schedule
The regulation playing time of a game is sixty minutes (60), divided into four (4) quarters of fifteen
(15) minutes each for all disciplines, excluding Sixes. This does not allow for extra time in the case
of a tied match, which must be played to a conclusive result in World Event competition. Full
information on match timings is available in the relevant WL Rule Book.
WL with work with the LOC to develop the schedule and match timings which will accommodate the
criteria listed below:
1. The schedule should include at least one (1) rest day for all teams.
2. A minimum of one (1) day's rest should be scheduled before the medal games for the teams
competing in those games.
3. There must be a minimum of three (3) hours between the commencement of one (1) match,
and the commencement of the following match on the same field/floor. If the LOC wants to
request a change to this allocation it needs to be requested to WL in writing.
4. There must be a minimum of fourteen (14) hours between the scheduled conclusion of one
match and the scheduled commencement of that team’s next match.
5. The daily schedule must allow sufficient time for all matches to be played to a clear winner.
6. The schedule must be as even as possible, with a balance of late/early matches for teams.
7. Each team will participate in not more than one (1) game per day (excluding WL Sixes discipline).
8. The first game of the day must not commence before 9am. The timing of the first scheduled
match may be dependent on the proximity of the venue and team accommodation with later start
times permitted, with agreement between WL and the LOC.
9. The final game of the day must not be scheduled to commence later than 8pm. Evening games
may be included in game schedules providing adequate game lighting is provided. See Section
6.5.5 for information on Lux levels for lighting. At the Event, games may be permitted to start
later than 8pm as a contingency for weather delays etc., providing WL is notified.
10. The schedule shall include provision of time for the rescheduling of postponed games.
5.2 Competition Rules and Regulations
5.1.6 Postponed Games/Unforeseen Events
If circumstances arise where a Delay, Postponement or Cancellation (DPC) of part or all of a
game, or part or all of a day of competition, may be required, a protocol should be put in place
detailing the processes to be taken to minimize the impact of the DPC on competition.
This may be caused either by an incident on the Field of Play (FOP) affecting the ability for a match
to continue, or by an incident away from the FOP which impacts the continuation of the Event,
therefore impacting competition on the FOP. Primary responsibility for writing and enacting any part
of the DPC Protocol lies with the LOC Event Director working closely with the relevant Officiating
Subcommittee Chair.
Specific rules regarding severe weather conditions such as intense heat, thunder and lightning are
detailed in the Rule Books and in Section 6.4.4 of this manual.
Guidelines for the creation of a DPC protocol are available at Appendix 13.
This section highlights the Rules of Play, policies, and procedures for WL international competitions.
5.2.1
Rules of Play
All WL World Championship Events shall be conducted in accordance with the WL Rules of Play
specific for each discipline and gender, effective on the first day of the competition, except as varied
by Tournament Rules (which may be an appendix of the relevant Rule Book), which define rules
applicable for world specific events not covered in the body of the Rule Book. No rule change may
be made for a particular event within the one-year (1) period prior to the Event, without the
approval of members.
The Rule Books, which include World Event variations, are:
• Men’s Rules – Field and U20
• Women’s Rules – Field and U20
• Box Rules
• Sixes – Men & Women
The WL Rule Books are separate to the Event Hosting & Competition Manual and are available on
the World Lacrosse Website at www.worldlacrosse.sport. The Rules generally cover the following
areas of the game:
• The Playing Field
• Equipment
• The Teams inc. number of players
• Control of the Game
• Length of the Game
• The Play of the Game
• Substitutions
• The Goal Crease and Goalkeeper
• Fouls – Technical, personal and expulsion
• Rules specific to each discipline
5.2.2
Competition Policies
WL Competition Policies govern the behaviors of all parties involved in the competition at WL
World Championship Events. Competition Policies are written by WL, and submitted to the WL
Governance Committee, who will determine which need to be approved by members. This section
provides an overview of several policies which are detailed in full within the appendices; however,
it should be noted that other competition policies are referenced in specific sections of this
Manual. Competition Policies are not part of the WL Handbook.
5.2.3
Code of Conduct and Adherence to Policies
To take part in WL World Championship Events Athletes, Support Staff, and Officials must adhere
to competition and other relevant WL policies as detailed both in this document and the WL
Handbook. As part of the registration process for each event all Athletes, Support Staff and
Officials are required to sign the respective WL Code of Conduct which confirms that the signatory
will adhere to the policies associated with participation. These forms must be read and signed
individually by each person, and by a parent/guardian if the Athlete is under 18 years of age,
before being uploaded onto the registration system as detailed in Section 5.4.1.
The following Code of Conduct and adherence documents are included as Appendices to this
manual.
• Athlete Code of Conduct (Appendix 14)
• Athlete Anti-Doping Consent Form (Appendix 14a)
• Athlete ISSPI Form – Consent to use of data in Anti-Doping Procedures (Appendix 14b)
• Team Staff Code of Conduct (Appendix 15)
• Officials’ Code of Conduct (Appendix 16)
• Officials’ Conflict of Interest Declaration (Appendix 17).
Further information relating to non-compliance with the relevant Code of Conduct is provided in the
Disciplinary & Appeals Policy described in Section 5.2.6.
5.2.4
Event Debts Policy
It is the LOC’s responsibility to manage the booking of accommodation, catering, and other services
on behalf of the teams at a WL World Championship Event and manage the payment of costs by
the teams. It is the responsibility of the teams to ensure that payment is made prior to arrival at an
Event, in line with the payment deadlines provided by the LOC, and for the LOC to ensure that all
money has been collected.
This policy details the procedures to be undertaken at an Event if a team does not pay
accommodation, catering, and associated costs prior to the first day of competition, as notified by
the LOC.
Any team who does not pay by the final deadline, as listed in the policy, will not be permitted to take
the field for their first match, or any other match, until the outstanding debt is paid.
Any member nation owing money from an Event will not be permitted to take part in any future WL
Event until the debt is cleared, or an agreed Payment Plan is in place.
Further detail is included in the Event Debts Policy Appendix 18.
5.2.5
Event Team Withdrawal, Team Replacement Procedure, & Game Forfeiture Policies
If a team has been entered into a World Event, and withdraws, after payment of registration fee, or
fails to arrive to participate, various penalties will apply to the Member as detailed in the Event
Team Withdrawal Policy available at Appendix 19.
The penalty amount is relative to the date at which a registered team withdraws, with the amounts
increasing the nearer this is to the commencement of the Event. Any such fine must be paid, or a
Payment Plan agreed, before that Member may compete in any future WL Event. Any Member
withdrawing from any Event, or not participating, will be expected to meet any contractual
arrangements related to the Event.
Recognizing that there could be extraordinary circumstances, beyond the control of the team, or
its National Governing Body (Member), that may necessitate withdrawal or non-attendance, the
WL Board shall have the authority to adjust / waive the penalties.
In the event of withdrawal of one or more teams, the participation of a Replacement Team(s) is to
be approved by WL in the case of a World Championship, or an Invitational Tournament. The
Event Team Replacement Procedure is available at Appendix 19a.
The participating countries, and the media, will be notified accordingly prior to the Event
commencing.
In the event of a forfeit of a game/s during a World Event the Event Game Forfeiture Policy, at
Appendix 19b will be applied.
5.2.6
Event Disciplinary and Appeals Policy
Each competing nation is responsible and accountable for its own conduct and the conduct of all
team members. Any potential breach of discipline will be investigated.
A Disciplinary Committee will be convened when a complaint of behavior serious enough to harm
or damage the reputation of the sport, or the safety of participants, is received in writing. The
decision will be final and binding on all parties concerned. Note: Verbal complaints must be
followed up in writing.
Full details on Disciplinary and Appeals procedures are available in the Event Disciplinary and
Appeals Policy available at Appendix 20.
5.3 Participating Teams, Qualification & Eligibility
5.2.7
Event Betting and Gambling Policy
It is not permitted for any person involved in the competition to bet on any game in that competition
or Event to maintain the integrity, honesty, and fair play of the competition. Full details of allowable
practices are available in the WL Code of Conduct Betting Integrity document, which is included in
the WL Handbook.
The Event Betting and Gambling Policy provides details of the penalties imposed should any person
involved in the competition be found to be involved in betting or gambling related to the Event and
is available at Appendix 21.
5.2.8
Event Damages Policy
It is important that all attendees respect the facilities in which the Event is being held. However, WL
is aware that accidental damage to facilities and equipment may occur. It is the team’s responsibility
to pay for any damages that they cause. Damage to any property during a World Event shall be
reported by the LOC/relevant others to WL. Full detail of the actions taken in relation to damages
is provided in the Event Damages Policy available at Appendix 22.
5.2.9
Appeals Process
The Appeals Process in international competition allows for an Appeal to be made against an in-
competition ruling. An Appeals Tribunal of three persons will be appointed prior to the
commencement of the World Event. There is no right of appeal in relation to decisions of Match
Officials taken during a game. The procedure is detailed in the Event Disciplinary and Appeals
Policy at Appendix 20.
It is WL’s responsibility to ensure that World Championship Events are available to Members in a
fair and equitable manner that supports the growth of the sport, whilst protecting the elite nature of
a World Championship competition. Regulations regarding Member and individual eligibility, as well
as qualification pathways, are detailed in this section.
5.3.1
Country Membership Eligibility
A country must be a member of WL from at least 1 January two years prior to year of a World
Championship Event.
Provisional Members may compete in the CF qualifiers, but by 31 March, or a date agreed by WL
and the WL Members, in the year prior to the year of the World Event, all participants must be in
Full Membership to compete in Senior events. If they are not, their place shall be allocated to the
next highest-finishing Full Member in the CF Qualifier.
Further information on the types of membership and the requirements necessary to be a Full
Member are provided in the WL Handbook.
5.3.2
Team Entries
A country’s first National Team is the only team allowed to participate in a WL World Championship.
The maximum number of teams participating in any WL Championship shall be as agreed by the
WL Membership.
5.3.3
Team Qualification
Where the likely number of eligible teams exceeds the cap there shall be a qualification process
through the Continental Federation (CF) Qualifying Events, hosted by the CFs. This Qualification
and Allocation process is detailed in Appendix 23. At the 2021 WL General Assembly a change to
this existing Qualification and Allocation Process was agreed from 2026/2027 onwards for Senior
Field competition. An overview is included at Appendix 23a.
For events where no qualifying events are required WL shall invite Members to enter. WL will
determine the process and timelines for entry. Late entries after a given deadline will only be
permitted at the absolute discretion of WL.
For information regarding the Replacement of Teams who withdraw see Section 5.2.5.
5.3.4
Athlete Eligibility
An Athlete’s participation will be determined by compliance with the WL Athlete Eligibility Criteria
Policy. The same rules and requirements shall be applied to all Members. Each Athlete must be
under the jurisdiction of a Member, and the responsibility to prove eligibility rests with both the
Athlete and with the Member.
Full details regarding the requirements for determining eligibility is provided in the WL Athlete
Eligibility Criteria Policy at Appendix 24. This Policy is under review in 2022.
An International Transfer Card (ITC), signed by the former member, the new member and the
Athlete must be submitted, and approved, by the WL Competition Director for Athletes wanting to
compete for another country having represented a former country. This ITC is at Appendix 24a.
A School Waiver Eligibility Form for students in school not in their member country, who are
wishing to represent the member where they are schooling, shall be required to complete a
School Waiver, and submit it to the Competition Director. This form is located at Appendix 24b.
5.3.5
Age Eligibility
The lower age limit that applies to all WL Events is 15 years of age for Women and 16 years of age
for Men. These players must be 15 (W) or 16 (M) on the day prior to the Event commencement.
The upper age limit age which applies to all U20 WL Events is detailed in the WL Athlete Eligibility
Criteria Policy at Appendix 24.
The Team Entry Form, which is submitted electronically, must be accompanied by a support age
verification document as detailed in Section 5.4.
5.3.6
Team Composition and Staffing Support
The composition of a team, made up of Athletes and Staff, varies dependent on discipline as
detailed in the WL Men’s, Women’s, Box and Sixes Rule Books.
Athlete and Staff names must be registered pre-event as per the process detailed in Section 5.4.
Final confirmation of these names is to be confirmed at the first Team Managers’ meeting, held at
the Event prior to the first game of the competition. No Athlete or Staff may be added to any
team following the conclusion of this first Team Managers' meeting and only the official team
members are allowed on the FOP from the time the final roster is confirmed until the end of the
Event.
The Athlete Entourage Guidelines, which govern the conduct of private and public entourage who
may accompany an Athlete, are included at Appendix 36.
An overview of the composition of teams per discipline is provided below; however, the relevant WL
Rule Book takes precedence and therefore should be consulted.
1. Men’s Field Team Staff and Athletes
The maximum team size in the Men’s Field discipline shall be twenty-three (23) Athletes and twelve
(12)
Staff. These thirty-five (35) persons shall constitute the maximum numbers on the team bench
at any one time except for the addition of an Interpreter if required (refer Accredited Supplementary
Staff). Their names must be confirmed at the first Team Managers’ meeting, held one day prior to
the start of the Event. No Athlete or Team Staff may be added to any team following the
conclusion of the first Team Managers' meeting.
The twelve (12) Staff must include at least:
• One (1) Head Coach
• One (1) Manager
• One (1) Qualified Primary Care Person with credentials recognized by the NGB’s country
trained in the physical care of their Athletes (for example, a Physiotherapist, Athletic
Trainer). Failure to include this member will result in liaison with the LOC for provision of
same at the Member’s own expense.
These thirty-five (35) team members shall receive accreditation for:
• Access to the accommodation, meals, competition, and training venues.
Accredited Supplementary Staff
A team may elect to bring a maximum of one (1) additional Supplementary Staff member, who
shall be given accreditation to access the accommodation, meals, competition, and training
venues.
This additional Accredited Supplementary Staff role shall be limited to the following:
• Interpreter
An Interpreter may be utilized by countries where English is not the first language.
This one (1) additional Accredited Staff member is permitted to:
• Remain with the team for the duration of the Event, including being accommodated with the
team, and permitted on the team bench.
2. Women’s Field Team Staff and Athletes
The maximum team size in the Women’s Field discipline shall be eighteen (18) Athletes and six
(6) Staff. These twenty-four (24) persons shall constitute the maximum numbers on the team
bench at any one time. Their names must be confirmed at the first Team Managers’ meeting, held
one day prior to the start of the Event. No Athlete or Team Staff may be added to any team
following the conclusion of the first Team Managers’ meeting.
The six (6) Staff must include at least:
• One (1) Coach
• One (1) Manager
• One (1) Qualified Primary Care Person with credentials recognized by the NGB’s country
trained in the physical care of their Athletes (for example, a Physiotherapist, Athletic
Trainer). Failure to include this member will result in liaison with the LOC for provision of
same at the Member’s own expense.
These twenty-four (24) team members shall receive accreditation for:
• Access to the accommodation, meals, competition, and training venues.
Accredited Supplementary Athletes
A team may elect to bring a maximum of two (2) additional Supplementary Athletes. These two (2)
additional Athletes are permitted to:
• Train with the team prior to the first Team Managers' meeting where the final roster is
confirmed.
• Remain with the team for the duration of the Event, including being accommodated with the
team.
• May participate in practices held on practice fields before, and after, the commencement of
the Event.
These two (2) additional Supplementary Athletes are not permitted to:
• Participate in any activities on the main game fields
• Be included in the Opening and Closing Ceremonies
• Be on the team bench
• Be dressed in official team playing uniform.
These two (2) additional Supplementary Athletes shall receive accreditation for:
• Access to the accommodation, meals, and training venues.
Accredited Supplementary Staff
A team may elect to bring a maximum of two (2) additional Supplementary Staff, who shall be given
accreditation to access the accommodation venue, and the training venues.
Additional Supplementary Staff roles shall be limited to the following:
• Medical Practitioner
• Interpreter.
A Medical Practitioner is a Medical Doctor who is registered with a country’s medical governing body
and is licensed to practice medicine. The specific title “Medical Practitioner” is a protected title by
law, and only applies to those listed in the country’s Medical Register for Medical Doctors.
An Interpreter may be utilized by countries where English is not the first language.
These two (2) additional Supplementary Staff are permitted to:
• Remain with the team for the duration of the Event, including being accommodated with the
team.
These two (2) additional Supplementary Staff are not permitted to:
• Participate in any activities on the main game fields
• Be included in the Opening and Closing Ceremonies
• Be on the team bench
This section shall be under review following the 2022 WL Women’s Championship.
These two (2) additional Supplementary Staff should:
• Be provided a seating area by the LOC, which is not behind the team benches, nor anywhere
else within the playing enclosure
Note: Medical emergencies may occur at any time and common sense must apply. These
emergencies will demand medical assistance is available as quickly as possible.
These two (2) additional Supplementary Staff shall receive accreditation for:
• Access to the accommodation, meals, and training venues.
3. Men’s Box Team Staff and Athletes
The maximum team size in the Men’s Box discipline shall be twenty-three Athletes and twelve
Staff. Their names must be confirmed at the first Team Managers’ meeting, held one day prior to
the start of the Event. No Athlete or Team Staff may be added to any team following the
conclusion of the first Team Managers' meeting.
The twelve (12) Staff must include at least:
• One (1) Head Coach
• One (1) Manager
• One (1) Qualified Primary Care Person with credentials recognized by the NGB’s country
trained in the physical care of their Athletes (for example, a Physiotherapist, Athletic
Trainer). Failure to include this member will result in liaison with the LOC for provision of
same at the Member’s own expense.
These thirty-five (35) team members shall receive accreditation for:
• Access to the accommodation, meals, competition, and training venues.
Twenty Athletes, including eighteen (18) runners, and two (2) goaltenders, if available, shall
constitute the maximum official playing numbers on the team bench at any one time. A team, in any
match can only play the twenty (20) team members identified on the team list provided prior to the
commencement of the match. Only these twenty (20) Athletes in uniform, the Head Coach, and
five non--playing eligible personnel shall be permitted to occupy their team bench.
The three (3) Athletes not named for a specific match are:
• Not permitted to be dressed in team playing uniform
• Not permitted to sit on the team bench with the team
• Must be allocated seating not behind the team benches nor anywhere else within the playing
enclosure.
Accredited Supplementary Staff
A team may elect to bring a maximum of one (1) additional Supplementary Staff member, who
shall be given accreditation to access the accommodation, meals, competition, and training
venues.
This additional Supplementary Staff role shall be limited to the following:
• Interpreter
An interpreter may be utilized by countries where English is not the first language.
This one (1) additional Staff member is permitted to:
• Remain with the team for the duration of the Event, including being accommodated with the
team, and permitted on the team bench.
5.4 Entry Process and Registration
4. Men’s & Women’s Sixes Rules for the conduct of Sixes competition are currently under revision
and will be included.
This section sets out the Entry Process and Registration requirements for Members and individual
team members (Athletes and Staff), for WL World Championship Events. Members shall be
required to comply with all provisions of the WL Event Rules & Regulations. Signatures on
required documents shall be taken to imply that the signatory has read, understood, and agrees
with the content of the signed document.
5.4.1
Invitation to Attend & Registration Fee
WL, in liaison with the LOC, will send the Invitation to Participate to WL CF qualified members (if
not a Qualifier Event, then all WL members registered for the Event).
Qualification is to be completed by no later than one (1) year prior to the Event and the following
timelines apply:
- Invitations will be sent fourteen (14) days following the closing date of qualifications
- Replies from the competing teams are expected within twenty-one (21) days of the letter distribution
date
- 1
st
Registration Payment – September 30
- 2
nd
Registration Payment – December 31
It is noted that if the Event is scheduled to take place after August 31, the payment timelines may
be amended at the discretion of World Lacrosse.
The Event Registration Fee will be determined and retained by World Lacrosse and advised to
teams in the Invitation to Participate. This is currently set at USD$1,500 (2022). Invoices will be
sent by WL to Members approximately four (4) weeks prior to the payment deadlines. Teams are
obligated to meet all financial payment timelines as detailed in the WL Handbook.
The Invitation to Participate will include a form to accept the Rules and Regulations governing the
World Event on behalf of the team (Acceptance Form), a Member Contact Form and Payment of
Funds information.
5.4.2
On-Line Registration of Teams – Athletes & Staff
It is the responsibility of the Team Manager of each competing Member Nation to enter the details
of each Athlete and member of Team Staff into the WL On-line Registration System. A user-guide,
which provides instructions on how to register a team and each individual person, will be distributed
to all Managers approximately six (6) months prior to the Event.
The following information will be required:
Team Registration
• Team Manager contact details and login information
• Team Name (name of Member country)
• Team Uniform and Colors – Additional information is available in Section 5.5.5 and
detailed in the Team Uniform Policy at Appendix 25.
Individual Registration
• First Name/Surname
• Address
• Organization
• Role
• Gender
• Date of Birth
• Country of Residency
• Passport Nationality
• Passport Number
• Emergency Contact
• Confirmed Shirt Number
• Birth Certificate for U20 participants
In addition to the details requested above the following forms and information will need to be
uploaded onto the system for each person individually.
• Photo Upload
• Passport Upload/Proof of Eligibility
• Athlete Code of Conduct
• Team Staff Code of Conduct
• Anti-Doping Consent Form/ISPPI Form
• Other relevant forms at time of World Event, e.g., Proof of COVID-19 full vaccination and any
other measures as required by Host Members.
Forms, such as the Athlete Code of Conduct and Anti-Doping form, must be read, understood,
and individually signed by the named Athlete prior to upload. If the Athlete is under eighteen (18)
years of age the forms must also be signed by the parent/guardian.
Failure to provide these forms with individual signatures, will prevent an Athlete from taking part in
the competition.
The deadline for the provision of information shall be no later than four (4) months prior to the Event.
Final approval of information provision will be within the remit of WL.
By virtue of a team electronically registering a Team Entry Form to a World Championship Event,
by the given date, all team members are automatically bound by, and required to comply with, all
the provisions of WL Event Rules & Regulations. Failure to provide full information may impede a
team taking to the field until the information is provided. Individual Codes of Conduct further
supports this for individual Athletes and team members.
All information will be collected and processed in accordance with WL data collection polices
including EU General Data Protection Regulation. WL will ensure the appropriate technical and
organizational measures are in place to implement the data protection principles.
5.5 Team Services and Additional Sport Information
5.4.3
Registration of Final Teams
Athlete and Team Staff names are to be confirmed in writing at the first Team Managers’ meeting
which will be held prior to the commencement of the first day of the Event. No replacement,
Athlete or Staff member, may be added to any team following the conclusion of this meeting.
The success of any WL World Championship Event is contingent upon effective communication
between WL, the LOC, the Teams, and other stakeholders. Multiple persons are responsible for the
delivery of the Event, both on and off the Field of Play (FOP), and the provision of services, to ensure
the needs of those involved are met in a timely and productive manner.
5.5.1
Team Communications
The Invitation to Participate detailed in Section 5.4.1 requests contact information from all teams
and following the return of this document most event specific communication will be the
responsibility of the LOC. WL and the LOC will work together to ensure communications are
provided to teams in a timely manner.
The WL Event Hosting & Competition Manual, including its appendices, provides a general
overview of information that will be provided to, and expected from, the teams.
The LOC is responsible for providing a schedule of communications to WL which details the level
and type of information that will be communicated to teams at regular points following the initial
Invitation to Participate i.e., distribution of accommodation information through newsletters, emails,
or signposting to the website (see Section 4.3.1 re: website). WL will include in this schedule
timelines for the registration of teams through the WL Registration System – see Section 5.4.
It is the responsibility of WL, the LOC, and participants to be punctual with all communications, and
to meet stipulated deadlines. E-signatures, where required, are deemed valid on documents.
5.5.2
Team Liaison Officers
It is the responsibility of the LOC to appoint Team Liaison Officers (TLOs) and brief them on the
requirements of the role. Ideally one (1) TLO should be appointed per team. This person becomes
the focal point for the team, and is a communication channel for the LOC.
The LOC must provide contact details of the respective TLO to the Team Manager at least three (3)
months prior to the Championship.
TLO’s should assist with accommodation/transport matters and other local issues as defined by
each individual LOC. An overview of responsibilities is provided below:
• Meet and greet the team at airport and facilitate their transportation needs to hotel.
• Facilitate check-in process at accommodation for team, particularly if language is a concern.
• Assist Team Manager and Head Coach with locating resources the team may need during
Event: i.e., restaurants, grocery stores, pharmacy, hospital and medical services, banks, ATM’s,
etc.
• Facilitate team transportation to Event.
• Be available to the Team Manager to answer questions and concerns.
• Facilitate teams with opportunities to learn about the culture and tourist attractions available to
the teams.
• Be the communication link between the LOC and the team.
5.5.3
Wireless & Electronic Field of Play Communications
The use of wireless and electronic communications on the side-line is permitted by team Staff on
the team benches. iPads etc. may be used as part of the coaching process.
5.5.4
Practice and Game Recording
During practices filming is permitted under certain conditions. Practices will be defined as ‘open’ or
‘closed’ (which may be dependent upon the nature of the facility). Filming may occur at an open
session where the public has free entry. Only filming by the practicing team may take place during
a closed session where public and Media entry will be denied.
It is the responsibility of the LOC to provide a specified location for teams to film a match that will
accommodate a maximum of two (2) team personnel from each team playing that specific match.
This location may also be required to accommodate the accredited official tournament Media staff
for TV or web casts. A location must be designated at each field/floor which provides a clear view
of the entire field/floor.
Teams scouting games during the championship may digitally record from the stands but will not be
permitted access to the official digital recording area. Any team filming from the stands must not
impede the view of spectators.
Digital recordings of matches for participants shall be provided following all games as detailed in
Section 3.2 Broadcast. Specific details shall be advised to teams prior to the Event.
5.5.5
Uniform Compliance
Participants must abide by the Team Uniform Policy which includes uniform requirements, the World
Lacrosse logo patch and uniform advertising.
The Team Uniform Policy is available at Appendix 25 and further information can be found in the
relevant WL Rule Book.
5.5.6
Team Gifts
It is accepted practice that a small gift i.e., a pin, is exchanged between teams at the conclusion of
each match.
It is each country’s responsibility to have sufficient gifts (pins or equivalent) for:
-
each team played at the Event
-
Officials (On and Off Field)
5.6 Sport Facilities, Field of Play (FOP) and Sports Equipment
5.5.7
Event Meetings
There shall be event briefing meetings conducted prior to the commencement of the Event and as
required during the Event. The day, time and location of these meeting rooms shall be specified to
teams by the LOC in collaboration with WL.
Team Coach and Managers must attend the pre-event briefing meeting at the time and place
specified. Team Managers shall be required to bring to this meeting a sample of their playing
uniform (both light and dark strips). They must also bring any other material as requested by the
WL Competition Director, which may include evidence of further documentation confirming eligibility
of Athletes.
There shall also be a Medical meeting which is detailed in section 5.8.
The FOP is the designated area that includes the defined field/floor area, Team Benches and Scorer
& Timer’s Table.
Access to the FOP, including team and technical preparation areas, shall be strictly controlled by
Competition Management, who shall be empowered to move people on/off the FOP as required
e.g., during match intervals or prior to matches.
Access shall be restricted to those with FOP accreditation. Event Accreditation does not
automatically give anyone a right to enter the FOP.
Additional information regarding competition facilities that surround the FOP and sports equipment
utilized on the FOP is detailed in this section.
5.6.1
Competition Facilities
The Competition Facilities encompass the FOP, on-field facilities and off-field locations that
accommodate the teams during their competition period. Competition facilities must be of the
highest possible standard and comply with WL requirements as detailed in the relevant Rule Book
for each of the disciplines.
There may be more than one competition field in the same location, or competition facilities may be
on separate sites.
A list of facilities/spaces required for the Event is provided in section 6.7.1 Venue Space
Requirements. This includes both competition and wider event facilities, but specific competition
details are provided below.
This section should be read in conjunction with the relevant WL Rule Book.
5.6.2
Practice Facilities
Practice facilities must be made available during the Event and must be near the competition playing
venue. Practice facilities should be the same surface as the competition surface with correct lines
marked out. If this is not possible, approval must be obtained from WL and notified to the competing
teams in advance of the Event.
These practice facilities shall be made exclusively available to the Event for the duration of the
Championship.
Preferably there should be two (2) goals per team practicing at any one time, and these goals should
remain on the practice field. A minimum of 50% of each practice field must be allocated to each
practicing team.
Information on practice scheduling is available at Section 5.1.3.
5.6.3
Field of Play (FOP)
The FOP dimensions vary for all disciplines and measurements are included in the relevant WL
Rule Book, which must be adhered to. Through the bidding process the LOC must demonstrate that
all fields meet the designated field size and marking criteria. This will be approved by WL during
the first site visit.
The LOC Competition Manager shall be responsible for ensuring the FOP layout complies with the
relevant WL Rule Book. An inspection will be undertaken by WL two (2) days prior to the Event
and again on the evening before play begins for final approval.
Recommended positioning of the equipment outside of the FOP is provided in the relevant WL Rule
Book, as are all Sports Equipment requirements, which must meet all detailed WL specifications.
The FOP must be marked clearly as per the specifications in the relevant Rule Book.
There should be adequate protection over the team benches and technical table areas to allow for
adverse weather conditions of heat, rain etc. It is the LOC’s responsibility to ensure this protection
is provided.
The preferred playing surface in the Field discipline is artificial turf material. Where a field of artificial
turf material is not available, a field of natural grass may be used.
The preferred playing surface in the Box discipline is artificial turf material. Where a floor of artificial
turf material is not available, a concrete floor, with a smooth finish may be used.
All surfaces need to be flat, smooth, free of tears, holes or other defects which may adversely impact
upon the safety of participants.
This section should be read in conjunction with the relevant WL Rule Book which provide FOP
dimensions and sample FOP layout.
5.6.4
Team Bench Area
The Team Bench Area is a designated area for the competing teams, and benches shall be provided
for the use of both teams. Only eligible personnel shall be permitted to occupy their team bench.
These numbers vary as per the disciplines detailed in the relevant Rule Book.
Location and measurements of these benches vary within each discipline, which are located outside
the boundary of the FOP. In the field discipline these benches are placed on either side of the timer’s
table.
In the Box discipline the team benches shall ideally be placed alongside the floor, in the neutral
zone, opposite the penalty area and timer’s area, as near the center of the floor as possible.
However, this is dependent on the layout of the arena and changes must be approved by WL.
Team benches shall be allocated ‘home’ and ‘away’ as per the details outlined in the relevant WL
Rule Book.
5.6.5
Scorer & Timer’s Table
The Scorer & Timer’s Table is situated in a designated area outside of the FOP, allowing for scoring,
timing and game statistical personnel to time, score and record the match. The positioning of this
table varies within each discipline as detailed in the relevant Rule Book, being on the bench side in
the Field discipline, where it should be elevated to allow for clear vision of the FOP, and on the
opposite side to the bench area in the Box discipline.
Equipment must include at a minimum a table, seating, and access to power. Secure Wi-Fi internet
is preferred, or hard wired, with a high-speed capability with its own secure system. A means of
communicating with the announcer must be provided if this person is not seated at the table, e.g.,
a walkie talkie system.
5.6.6
Team Substitution Area
A substitution area shall be clearly marked on the same side of the field as the team bench areas,
outside the FOP as per the relevant Rule Book for the varying disciplines. All substitutions ‘on the
fly’ must be made through the team’s substitution area, and players must enter and exit through this
designated ‘gate’ area only.
In the Box discipline players may exit and enter at different doors, or through the same door, or
over the boards from the team bench area. Restriction and movement of Team Personnel within
this area is as per the relevant Rule Book.
5.6.7
Team Penalty Area
There is provision within the rules for those serving timed penalty suspensions, including the need
for seating. The location where penalized players serve suspensions from the game varies within
each discipline and is detailed in the relevant WL Rule Book.
5.6.8
Team Locker/Change Rooms
Team Locker/Change Rooms should be provided close to the FOP. There should be a minimum of
four (4) locker rooms for each FOP. Where existing facilities do not exist, temporary facilities, such
as tents, should be installed, and adequate security provided if structures are not lockable.
Locker room facilities shall be allocated to teams by the LOC Competition Manager. It is the
responsibility of the LOC to schedule the locker rooms, including toilets, to ensure that only one
team is in the locker room at any one time. Locker rooms will be secure for team members only.
The Locker/Change Rooms shall be designated Home or Away for each match, and the team’s
allocated room shall be clearly identified on the day of play. Teams can expect to be rotated through
available change rooms throughout the Event. They must be secured and be able to accommodate
between twenty-six (26) and thirty-five (35) persons depending on the discipline.
Any team member may leave the field at any time during the game to go to the secure locker room.
5.6.9
Officials’ Locker/Change Room
An Officials’ Locker Room should be available close to the FOP. There should be one (1) locker
room to each FOP. They must be secured and be able to accommodate up to a maximum of ten
(10) persons depending on the discipline. A Locker/Change Room per gender should be provided
if the Officiating Leadership Team confirm that male and female Officials will be operating at the
Event.
5.6.10
Goals
A goal shall be placed in each goal circle/crease. Each goal shall consist of two vertical posts joined
at the top by a rigid crossbar. A goal shall be collectively designated as ‘the Pipes.’ The goal net
and the pipes shall be collectively designated as ‘the Cage.’ The dimensions vary according to the
discipline, and all goals must meet WL requirements as detailed in the relevant Rule Book.
5.6.11
Balls
The color and type of ball to be used for an international event is determined in accordance with the
WL Rule Books, and in consultation with WL.
The LOC must advise all event participants of the type and color of ball at least six (6) months prior
to the Event.
5.6.12
Ball Persons
It is the responsibility of the LOC to supply Ball Persons and brief them on their role and the rules
of the game. The LOC must supply a set of standard uniform, and ensure appropriate protective
equipment is worn as required. Ideally there should be eight (8) Ball Persons per FOP who must
be a minimum of ten (10) years of age. The management of Ball Persons must adhere to the
protocol detailed in Appendix 26.
5.6.13
Team Equipment
The teams and individual Athletes are responsible for ensuring their equipment meets the rules
and specifications as detailed in the relevant Rule Book for their discipline.
5.6.14
Timing, Scoring and Results (TSR)
The LOC is responsible for the provision of a World Championship Timing, Scoring and Results
system (TSR), which includes the provision of statistics for all games. WL reserves the right to
approve the provider who should be appointed by the LOC between nine and twelve (9-12)
months in advance of the Event. All accommodation, catering, transport etc. for this supplier is the
responsibility of the LOC who will cover all costs.
It is the responsibility of the LOC to provide the required FOP equipment including clearly visible
scoreboards and clocks. The clock, which counts down, showing elapsed time, must be positioned
for easy sighting by the teams and Officials, and the spectators, as far as possible. Priority viewing
must be for teams and Officials. The clock should be able to be controlled from the timers/scorer
bench. If this is not possible it must be demonstrated, to the satisfaction of World Lacrosse, that
the visible score clock can be started and stopped on the Official’s whistle. Should this not be
possible then the official game time shall be kept at the scorer’s bench. Participating teams will be
advised of the “official clock” which may vary on each FOP.
The LOC is also responsible for providing the required FOP equipment which includes the following:
• Clearly visible electronic scoreboard and clocks as detailed above
• Elevated score tables (2-6’ tables minimum) – to seat a minimum of four (4) Staff with
chairs– Table Staff must be able to see above the Athletes standing in the box when seated
at the table
• Stop Clocks
• Six (6) - Stop watches (minimum) for back up timer and penalty times
• Minimum of one (1) laptop computer, for statistics, with wireless internet capability – to be
provided through TSR/Stats provider
• Printer to print stats
• World Lacrosse Official Game Sheets (NCR, 3-page, multi-copy)
• Adequate stationery items.
A more comprehensive list of equipment requirements is detailed at Appendix 27. Specific details
relating to the equipment and protocols for Box games is provided in the relevant Rules Book.
Copies of official scoresheets for each game shall be provided to all teams and shall be retained in
a secure place during the Event. Copies of all scoresheets should be provided to WL at the end of
each day.
5.6.15
Water and Ice Provision
It is the responsibility of the LOC to provide injury ice and non-carbonated drinking water for in-
match consumption at the playing venue thirty (30) minutes prior to the commencement of each
match, following each match, and to be replenished throughout the daily schedule. Additional ice,
5.7 Officiating
available for purchase, must also be made available to Teams and the LOC must provide a
mechanism for purchase.
The Officiating Team are a vital part of competition delivery ensuring the games are administered
fairly, safely and to time. The Officials run the competition on the FOP and are recruited through
WL. Specific detail relating to accommodation, transport, catering, facilities, and uniform is
included at 2.7.5 Officials’ Costs.
5.7.1
Officiating Management Structure
The management of Officials during the planning phase is led by the Chair of Officiating who
determines the total number of Officials, Officials’ Coaches and Officiating Leadership (Officiating
Team) that will attend the Event. This is based on approved protocols determined by the number
of expected competing teams for the Event.
During competition the management of Officials is led by the relevant sub-committee Chair
(Men’s/Women’s/Box/Sixes) working with the LOC Competition Manager. The Officiating
Management Structure links into the overall Event Management Structure which is detailed in
Section 2.6 and available at Appendix 4 and the roles are defined below:
Officiating Committee Chair
(Head of Officiating)
Oversees the Sub-Committee Chair with responsibility for the
management of the Officials Coaches Program delivery
Relevant Subcommittee
Officiating Chair
Delivers the Officials’ Program at WL competition from pre-event through
event-time and post-event reporting. Oversees the Officiating Leadership
Team
Officials’ Coaches
Provide mentoring, assessment, and coaching to the Officials’ Panel
Officiating Leadership Team
Supports the Sub-Committee Officiating Chair to deliver the officiating at a
WL Competition
Officials’ Panel
The Officials that have been selected to officiate at a WL competition
Officials’ Administrator
Provides administrative support to the Officiating Chairs and Leadership
Team from pre-event through event time and post event reporting.
5.7.2
Bench/Table Officials
The LOC shall provide suitably experienced and qualified personnel to operate the game clock, shot
clock (if required), penalty time clocks and manage the game sheet/stats. These individuals do not
form part of the WL Officiating Team.
The LOC shall appoint a supervisor to schedule, manage and quality control the Bench/Table
Officials throughout the event. The Officiating Leadership Team shall meet with the Bench/Table
Officials’ Supervisor (may be called Head Table Official) to review and confirm timing protocols,
broadcast considerations and to answer any technical questions.
The Bench Officials’ Panel is comprised of Timers, Scorers, and Clock Operators. Each game will
require the following number of Bench Officials.
Women’s
4
Men’s
6
Box
4
Sixes
TBA
In addition, the Box game will also require an individual for each penalty box that can open and
close the penalty box door for each team as and when required. This may be accommodated by
the Bench Officials if they have access to the penalty box.
Job Descriptions for Timers and Scorers, in the Women’s game are available at Appendix 28.
It is the responsibility of the LOC to provide the Bench/Table Officials with breakfast, lunch and/or
dinner dependent on shift patterns and accommodation (if they are not local) at the LOC’s expense.
The Bench Officials’ Supervisor/Head Table Official will interface with the WL Events and
Competition Team and the Officiating Chair. It is the responsibility of the Bench Officials’
Supervisor/Head Table Official to ensure a copy of all score sheets are given to the WL Competition
Director and Officiating Chair at the completion of each day’s play.
Game statistics should be given to each Coach at half-time and immediately following the game,
where possible.
5.7.3
Selection of Officials
The number of Officials will be determined by the WL Event Officials’ Selection Policy using a
formula that considers the number of participating teams at the Event and the required number of
Officials that take part in each game. The process of selection and appointment shall be managed
by the Chair of Officiating with the relevant Sub-Committee Chair and others as designated by the
Chair of Officiating.
Officials should be selected and ratified by the relevant Officiating Sub-Committee by December 31
of the year prior to the World Event but no less than 6 months from the Event start date.
Note – this section is under review by the Officiating Committee.
5.7.4
Affiliation of Country
An Official’s affiliation to a member country shall be based on either:
a)
The country where the Official resides more than 51% of the calendar year
OR
b)
The country which awarded the Official their first national Official rating/qualification. A
national rating/qualification shall be defined as the highest rating awarded by the member
country.
An Official must make this designation of affiliation by 1 January of the year prior to the year of the
World Event. This designation of affiliation must be in writing and signed by the Official and an
Officer of the NGB of the country being designated.
Note – this section is under review by the Officiating Committee.
5.7.5
Fitness Testing
The LOC will facilitate the fitness testing of the On-Field Officials prior to the commencement of the
competition. A professional service should be provided to administer this test in a suitable facility.
All Fitness Test protocols will be provided to the LOC. The LOC will recoup the cost of testing from
WL.
This testing is usually undertaken two – three (2-3) days prior to the first day of competition.
5.7.6
Selection for Play-Offs
All officiating assignments are the responsibility of the relevant Sub-Committee Chair overseeing
the competition who may seek input from their Officiating Leadership Team.
5.7.7
Officials’ Meetings
Officials will meet daily, or as deemed necessary, during the Event. A designated meeting room for
meetings is required, preferably at the site of the games and at the accommodation.
5.7.8
Officials’ Uniform
It is WL’s responsibility to determine the protocols around uniform provision for Officials. It is the
intention that Officials will be supplied with uniform free of charge through an official supplier.
Uniforms for Officials are not the responsibility of the LOC.
5.7.9
Officials’ Liaison
The LOC shall appoint a Liaison Officer solely for the Officiating Team with no other LOC
responsibilities. The Liaison Officer will provide local knowledge and assistance to support the
Officiating Team during the competition. The Officiating Leadership Team should be advised of their
Liaison Officer when they are appointed and not less than three (3) months before a competition
starts. The Liaison Officer should assist with accommodation/transport matters and other local
issues as defined by the LOC.
5.7.10
Officiating Clinic
The WL Pre-World Event Off Field Officiating Clinic will be held four days prior to start of a WL World
Championship Event, and the On Field Officiating Clinic will be held three (3) days prior to the
start of a WL World Championship Event. Officials will be expected to arrive on the night before the
start of the relevant clinic.
A suitable room with a multi-media projector should be provided.
5.8 Medical
It is the responsibility of the LOC to arrange for accommodation for four (4) nights (Off Field
Officials) and three (3) nights (On Field Officials) and two (2) meals per day for all Officials
selected for the clinic. This cost should be equalized between the teams.
Lacrosse is a physically demanding sport and, particularly in the Men’s Field and Box disciplines, a
collision sport which may result in injury. A WL World Championship Event brings together several
attendees from different participant groups and countries living together in an unfamiliar and close
environment. Therefore, medical provision also needs to account for the increased risk of illness.
The LOC is responsible for providing the minimum standards of medical cover as listed below to
ensure that the risk of injury is mitigated and, if injury or illness occurs, that they are dealt with to
best facilitate a suitable recovery. In addition, all provision should meet local authority regulations
regarding the medical cover at event/large crowd gatherings. Further detail is available in Appendix
29, The Medical Hosting Manual, which should be comprehensively reviewed by the LOC Event
Director and LOC Event Medical Officer (EMO).
5.8.1
Minimum Standards of Provision
Medical Services shall be provided for all Athletes, Officials, and non-playing personnel at the
competition venue. These services should include sports medicine, physiotherapy, and
general/emergency healthcare. Medical services for other participant groups should be provided
by the venue as detailed in Section 6.7.5.
Personnel
The LOC must recruit an EMO who has overall responsibility for the delivery of the Medical Program
for the Event. The EMO must be a Licensed, Board-Certified Medical Doctor with a specialty in
either Sports Medicine or Emergency Medicine.
The EMO is a vital position and should be an individual willing to oversee the Event medically and
provide services clinically. This individual must:
•
Be a licensed Physician capable of prescribing medication and ordering diagnostic imaging
•
Work with visiting Team Physicians to assist in their medical needs
•
Provide healthcare for teams without additional medical support
•
Facilitate care with other specialists and medical providers in the host country
•
Be available to perform minor procedures i.e., sutures, IVs, joint reductions.
An LOC medical representative must be on-site at all competition venues when play is taking place.
The Medical Team will be led by the EMO at the main site with suitably qualified deputies if the
competition takes place across long competition days or use of multiple venues.
The EMO will liaise with the WL CMO from approximately nine (9) months in advance of the Event
to ensure that adequate medical provision is provided by the LOC. The EMO will report to the LOC
Event Director with an additional reporting line to the WL CMO at the Event.
The LOC will be required to provide a Medical Plan to the WL CMO and WL Director of Events no
later than six (6) months prior to the Event.
A licensed Medical Practitioner should be assigned to each field, who is prepared to treat minor
injuries and lacerations on site. A shaded seated position, with full view of the FOP and easy access
onto the FOP, to monitor activity during each game, should be provided. A small tent or room should
be available adjacent to each FOP as a triage area as required. Details of the Performance and
Recovery Centre, which includes a central medical facility is provided in Section 5.8.2.
The EMO should be supported by an Event Medical Host who understands the local healthcare
system and knowledge of the Event venue. The role of the Host is detailed within the Medical Host
Manual at Appendix 29.
It is also the responsibility of the LOC to provide Athlete Trainer/Physiotherapy for the On-field
Officials who can provide medical and taping services. The cost for this is shared between
competing countries.
The LOC should include medical coverage for the training fields within their Medical Plan. Should
the LOC elect to offer ancillary events, such as a lacrosse festival, in conjunction with a WL World
Championship Event, then the appropriate medical cover shall be provided. These personnel
should be separate to the dedicated provision for the World Championship Event.
At the Event it is expected that the Medical Team should drill and rehearse mild and severe injury
extraction daily prior to the commencement of play.
Facilities and Equipment
The Medical Team should be provided with dedicated areas at the site. An ambulance must be
always on-site when games are being played. It is the LOC’s responsibility to provide and pay for
the ambulance on site and ensure that should the ambulance be required to leave site it is
immediately replaced with a second vehicle, otherwise play may be stopped. Two (2) Emergency
Medical Support Personnel, one to be certified in airway management, should accompany the
ambulance.
The LOC should ensure that a spinal board, stretcher, and collar are available and accessible by
Medical Personnel monitoring each field. The procedures for use of this equipment will need to be
managed by the LOC Medical Team.
The LOC is responsible for the provision of ice used in the management of injuries. More
information on the provision of ice for this and for team use is available in Section 5.6.15.
A ‘needs checklist’ is provided in the Medical Hosting Manual at Appendix 29 which should be
adhered to.
Emergency Care
As part of the Medical Plan the LOC will be required to provide a LOC Emergency Action Plan. This
Plan should include both games and practice sessions and detail name and address of venue,
nearest hospital, nearest urgent care facility, dental care provider, location of AEDs,
EMS/Ambulance entrance and location of emergency medical equipment.
The nearest hospital to the Event site should be identified and notified that the Event is taking place.
The LOC shall also provide the contact details for a local dentist, hospital, scanning facilities and
other health care providers that teams may require access to whilst in the country.
WL Medical Policies/Protocols
WL Medical Policies and Protocols must be understood and adhered to by all parties involved in
the delivery of the Event, to ensure safety of all involved. These are listed below and are available
at Appendices 30 – 33.
1. Concussion Policy
2. Pregnancy Participation Policy and Guidelines Protocol
3. Exertional Heat Illness Policy
4. Heat & Hydration Safety Protocol
5. Sexual Abuse Position Statement
5.8.2
Performance and Recovery Center
A central sports medicine treatment area must be provided with temperature-controlled heating/air
conditioning, four (4) treatment tables and a private treatment area. This area should be always
managed by a licensed Athletic/Physical Therapist.
The Performance and Recovery Center should also include a taping service providing access to
taping for all Athletes and Officials during the Event. The LOC should also coordinate the ability for
countries to purchase bundles of supplies such as tape, wrap and other therapist supplies, if
possible, at least three (3) months in advance of the Event.
WL will work with the LOC to provide additional services such as ice baths, massage, stretching
area. This will be dependent on additional sponsorship through WL or the LOC.
5.8.3
Competing Team Responsibilities
Each team must provide one person trained in the physical care of their Athletes (for example, a
Physiotherapist, Athletic Trainer) within their team Staffing structure. Failure to include this member
will result in liaison with the LOC for provision of same at the country’s own expense.
A country’s designated Athletic Trainer must be always on the practice and game field with the
team (unless they are attending to an emergency off site). Failure to have at least one Medical
Personnel with the team on the field may result in a financial penalty. For the women’s game the
supplementary Medical Practitioner is not seated on the team bench; however, access to the FOP
must be permitted in the event of a serious team injury.
In addition, it is a Team Staff responsibility to ensure that medical information is collected for all
Athletes and Team Staff which can be shared with the on-site Medical Team in the event of an
emergency.
5.9 Anti-Doping
5.8.4
Medical Meeting
A Medical Meeting will be scheduled one (1) day prior to the first game of the Event. Each team
must be represented by the Athletic Trainer (or equivalent) and/or Medical Practitioner
representing their team. The meeting shall be co-chaired by the EMO and CMO.
It is the responsibility of the LOC to schedule the day, time and venue for the meeting and advise
attendees accordingly. This meeting must be held separately from the Coaches & Managers’
Meeting.
5.8.5
Injury Reporting
The WL CMO will work closely with the LOC Medical Practitioners to ensure that injury and illness
data is captured. This includes all injuries requiring Athletic Trainer, Physio, and medical attention
at the Event. This will be recorded through the WL Injury Report Form, an example of which is
available at Appendix 34.
The data that will be recorded includes, but is not limited to, the following:
•
Concussions
•
Lacerations
•
Urgent Surgery
•
Dislocations – Elbow, Shoulder
•
Hospital visits
•
Minor injuries
•
Location of injury on body
•
Illnesses
A full list of requirements will be agreed between the WL CMO and LOC EMO in advance of the
Event. All data is anonymous and will be stored for statistical purposes only. Country will be
recorded but Athlete name and numbers will not be included.
WL is a full supporter of WADA – the World Anti-Doping Agency. WL has adopted WADA’s anti-
doping policies and procedures for all World Championship Events. This includes the use of the
WADA Code, the five International Standards (namely, the List of Prohibited Substances and
Methods [Prohibited List], Testing, Laboratories, Therapeutic Use Exemptions (TUE), and
Protection of Privacy and Personal Information) and Whereabouts Information.
Anti-Doping Testing will take place at each of these Events:
•
Men’s & Women’s World Championships
•
Men’s & Women’s U20 World Championships
•
Men’s & Women’s World Box Championships
•
Men’s & Women’s World Sixes Championships
•
Other World Lacrosse Events
It is WL’s responsibility to include in the Acceptance Form an acknowledgement that a country will
abide by WL drug testing regulations upon accepting the invitation, and to give to all countries a
clear advance statement of the situation that will be in force regarding drug testing at a WL World
Championship Event.
The WL DoE will communicate to the LOC no later than three (3) months prior to commencement
of World Event of any drug testing that may take place and conditions.
Anti-Doping policies and procedures are also referenced in the WL Handbook which should be
read in conjunction with this section.
5.9.1
Event Testing – Competing Team Responsibilities
It is each competing teams’ responsibility to:
• Agree to abide by the WL Anti-Doping Procedures as detailed in the WL Handbook or
decline the invitation to participate in the Event.
• Ensure they are conversant with the WL Anti-Doping Policy including the list of Prohibited
Substances and Methods issued by the World Anti-Doping Agency.
• Submit Athlete TUE (Therapeutic Use Exemption) forms no later than two (2) months prior to
the World Event to WL DoE.
5.9.2
Event Testing – LOC Responsibilities
The Local Organizing Committee has a responsibility to:
• Keep all Anti-Doping information confidential including, but not limited to, test dates,
number of tests, teams, or Athletes to be tested.
• Provide adequate on-site testing facilities (see 5.9.3) that meet the WADA standard and
advise to WL at least three (3) months prior to the Event.
• Work with the WL appointed Anti-Doping Agency for all required testing
• Cover all costs of in-competition testing (see 5.9.4).
• Provide at no cost, “Access All Area” credentials and parking for the Doping Control
Officer(s), Chaperones and WL personnel for the purpose of sample collection.
• Recruit and appoint the required number of Chaperones to work with the Doping
Control Officer(s) to facilitate the In-Competition Testing process (see 5.9.5).
• Provision of a suitable quantity of “sealed” bottled water for consumption by the Athletes to
be tested.
• Circulate as required any communications to Team Personnel, Athletes, and Officials.
• Facilitate a suitable location and time for an Athlete Outreach Program to be organized with
WL and the National or Regional Anti-Doping Organization (NADO/RADO) prior to the start
of competition where Athletes and Team Support Personnel can interact with the
NADO/RADO in a fun/interactive setting.
• Provide Athlete/Team whereabouts information and access if required to Doping Control
Officers to facilitate Out-Of-Match Testing.
5.9.3
Testing Facility Requirements
The Anti-Doping facilities should meet the following criteria for in-competition testing:
• Located within a reasonable distance to the competition venue and Athletes’ changing rooms.
• The designated Doping Control Station, including toilets, must not be used as a public
facility, and is reserved only for Doping Control. It must be used solely for Doping Control
purposes until the end of the sample collection session, which may in some instances
exceed the usual closing time of the facility.
• Secured and accessible only to authorized personnel with the ability to lock all entry doors,
to store samples and equipment.
• Provision of Security Staff for each Doping Control Station to employ during sample
collection procedures.
• Private enough to ensure Athletes’ privacy and confidentiality.
• Thoroughly cleaned and sanitized prior to use for Doping Control.
• Ideally per each Doping Control Station (DCS) there should be:
o One (1) table at the entrance of the DCS to record the flow of Athlete/Staff entering
and leaving the Doping Control Station.
o Processing area (processing room + toilet);
§ Large enough to accommodate the number of Athletes to be tested,
Athlete Representatives, Sample Collection Personnel and Chaperones.
§ Facilities to wash hands prior to the provision of a urine sample.
§ Chair and table to facilitate the provision of a blood sample.
§ A toilet where the Athlete can be witnessed providing a urine sample. A
disabled stall is an ideal solution.
o Two (2) refrigerators, one (1) to securely store samples within the testing facility, and a
second for refrigerated drinks.
An example of Doping Control Station layout:
5.9.4
In-Competition Testing Costs
WL will work with the LOC to advise of the estimated number of Anti-Doping Tests that may be
required during the event. For budget purposes, the LOC shall budget for a minimum number of
fifteen (15) tests; however, this number is subject to change based on the WL Test Distribution
Plan and other considerations which may then require further Event Testing. WL will advise the
LOC the estimated number of Athletes that will be tested In-Competition and the date(s) of the
testing no more than three (3) months prior to the scheduled start of competition.
The LOC shall work with the WL appointed Anti-Doping partner (currently the Independent Testing
Authority, ITA) to organize and appoint the Doping Control Officer(s) and cover all costs of the In-
Competition Testing as per the terms of all invoices provided.
5.9.5
Chaperones
The LOC shall provide suitably qualified volunteers to work with Doping Control Officer(s) to facilitate
the In-Competition testing process. They will be required to stay with the Athlete until that Athlete’s
testing is complete and therefore shall not have any further event responsibilities during this period,
which may in some cases be for an extended period.
Specifically, the Chaperone is responsible for:
• Completing notification and chaperoning duties as part of the WL Anti-Doping Program which
includes:
o Notifying, accompanying, and observing the selected Athletes from their notification
until they report to the Doping Control Station (DCS), as well as for the supervision
of the Athletes in and outside the Doping Control Station.
o If required, direct observation of the Athlete during any medical, medal ceremonies or
media sessions prior to the conclusion of the Doping Control process.
• Directly observing and witnessing urine sample provision (when needed).
• Managing the Entry and Exit Log located in the Doping Control Station (DCS).
• Assisting with maintaining the security of the DCS and samples (when needed).
• Accurately and adequately completing the procedures and administrative duties associated
with the role of a Chaperone, including writing comprehensive and legible reports when
required.
• Participating in team briefs and debriefs with other Doping Control Personnel.
• Maintaining confidentiality in all matters relating to the Doping Control Process.
• Interacting in a professional manner with Athletes, Athlete Support Personnel, WL Staff and
Directors, other International Federation representatives.
• In exceptional circumstances the Chaperone may be asked to attend any disciplinary hearing
convened in respect of an Athlete (because of the DCO’s provision of service at any sample
collection sessions).
The number of Chaperones is dependent on the number of concurrent tests to be undertaken. The
LOC should allocate one (1) Chaperone per scheduled anti-doping test.
5.9.6
Therapeutic Use Exemptions
Any Athlete taking medication that is on the WADA Prohibited List must apply to WL for a
Therapeutic Use Exemption prior to competing.
A Therapeutic Use Exemption allows an Athlete with a medical condition to use a Prohibited
Substance or Prohibited Method, but only if the conditions set out in Article 4.4 and the International
Standard for Therapeutic Use Exemptions are met.
This information can be found on the WL Web Site under Anti-Doping.
5.9.7
Anti-Doping Athlete Education
WL is committed to clean sport and anti-doping in all levels of lacrosse. One of the most effective
ways in which to achieve this is through effective Athlete education. As part of WL’s Anti-Doping
Program, Athletes in WL competitions are required to successfully complete the Anti-Doping
Education Program prior to competition. This includes all team members, including Athletes,
Coaches, and Support Personnel such as Physios, Medical Practitioners and Team Managers.
A participant may choose to work with either their:
• National Anti-Doping Organization - See list of (Accredited NADO's).
• Regional Anti-Doping Organization – See list of (Accredited RADO's).
NADO’s/RADO’s may be able to provide bespoke education programs that are delivered in a
language or format that best suits individual Athletes and timing for team practices or meetings.
This may be delivered face to face, or even some NADO’s or RADO’s offer their own E-Learning
tools.
Participants can also use WADA’s ADeL - Anti-Doping e-Learning Platform which can be accessed
here: https://adel.wada-ama.org/. It is available free of charge and offers learners the opportunity
to undertake the mandatory learning in the form of an online program. The education is offered in
five languages in the form of an interactive presentation and a “test your knowledge” question and
answer format.
The Athlete Learning Program about Health and Anti-Doping (ALPHA) gives Athletes information
about the dangers of doping and the importance of anti-doping controls, promoting positive attitudes
to avoiding doping. Upon successful completion each participant receives an electronic certificate
for the course(s) completed.
For members who have already undertaken education within the year prior to the Event through
their compliant National or Regional Anti-Doping Organization (RADO / NADO) or the WADA ADeL
platform, WL is able to recognize this prior learning, provided a valid certificate/letter can be
produced evidencing the learning.
Doping control tests will be conducted at the Event in accordance with WL regulations.
WL acknowledge the important role of Safeguarding in all elements of lacrosse delivery and, as
the International Federation for the sport, WL has the obligation to provide and promote a safe and
healthy environment for Athletes and others to participate in the sport. This extends to WL World
Championship Events, and WL will work collaboratively with the LOC to ensure that all Event
Policies include Safeguarding Protocols, where relevant.
It is the responsibility of the LOC to appoint a Welfare Officer and provide a Welfare Plan and
Event Safeguarding Policy for the Event. WL recommend that the LOC liaise with National
Organizations for Safeguarding in their own countries to ensure suitable standards are met.
The LOC Welfare Plan and Event Safeguarding Policy shall include specific policies for areas of
potential vulnerability, such as the management of U18’s in team accommodation. The LOC Event
Safeguarding Policy, and the WL Safeguarding Policy, is particularly relevant to U20 events where
Athletes may be under the age of 18; however, it is acknowledged as relevant across the
spectrum of WL Events which may include U18 volunteers, persons away from home and differing
environments.
The WL Safeguarding Policy (Athletes) is available at Appendix 35.
5.10 Safeguarding
6.1 Accreditation
This section provides guidance on the operation of both the venue and the wider Event delivery from
Accreditation to Workforce. In reference to the venue this section covers areas and services in
addition to Sport Competition Facilities, which are covered in Section 5.
An Accreditation is an identification tool issued to individuals working on the Event (Staff,
Volunteers, Media, TV, etc.) or participating in the Event on a full-time or daily basis (Athletes,
Officials, Team Managers etc.). Throughout the Event, accreditations enable holders to access
the areas where duties are performed, while preventing people without a working function from
interfering with the operation.
The competition venue shall be subdivided into zones, which can be accessed only by specific
accredited categories.
Additionally, for an Accreditation System to be effective, meticulous, and strict, access control by
means of Security Staff and/or Volunteers is required for all concerned areas, including the
following
• FOP
• Team areas
• Media areas
• VIP areas.
Access to the Event site should not be permitted without an accreditation pass or entry ticket.
The following shall always be clearly noted and stated:
• An accreditation does not provide its holder with any special social or representative status
• An accreditation is not, and shall not be considered as, a visa or an immigration document
• An accreditation is not a gift or souvenir
• An accreditation is not a ticket or invitation and does not grant any rights to a seat in the
venue.
It is the responsibility of the LOC to provide a system of accreditation that is fit for purpose in line
with the status of the Event and ensures suitable access control is in place to maintain the
integrity of the Accreditation Pass System when at the Event.
6.1.1
Accreditation System
An accreditation pass shall be issued to all persons involved in the Event, excluding spectators who
access the Event site with a ticket. The pass enables the LOC to identify and register all persons
on-site during the Event period and to control access to specific areas, such as the FOP.
6. Event and Venue Operations
All LOC staff, Volunteers, Team Members, Officials, Media, and WL representatives will be required
to register through an Accreditation System and be provided with a pass. Representatives from
the venue may use existing Staff passes as a form of identity if appropriate.
It is recommended that an established Accreditation System Provider is engaged by the LOC for
the Event. A manual process, administered by the LOC, is time consuming and resource heavy.
Only one accreditation is permitted per person and specific access privileges should be allocated
per identified role. The access privileges across zones should be agreed between the LOC and WL
at least nine (9) months prior to the Event. An example zone breakdown is available below:
Zone Allocation
Access Areas
Blue
Team Preparation Areas
Red
Operational Areas
White
General circulation spaces
1
Event Hospitality
2
Field of Play/Bench Areas
3
Media Areas
4
Broadcast Areas
SS
Spectator Seating
Details including name, role and zone breakdown will be required on each pass. A photo may be
included if it is deemed necessary by the LOC and/or the security services.
The LOC will work closely with WL to ensure that the Accreditation System, including zone
breakdown and access privileges, meet the needs of the Event. The chosen Accreditation System
should be demonstrated to WL at least six (6) months in advance of the Event. This should
include both the chosen zone access system and the access privileges for all groups including
Teams, Officials, and WL Staff. Refer 6.1.2 Accreditation Matrix.
For example, Officials’ Accreditation will need to provide access to the FOP, Change Rooms, and
Spectator Seating, so this group would be provided access to zones Blue, 2 and SS. It should be
noted that the colors supersede each other, so Blue on a pass also provides access to Red and
White but the numbers only provide access to each zone.
It is the responsibility of the LOC to determine the deadlines for submission of information across
all parties. Deadlines, as well as comprehensive details on how to register for accreditation, should
be distributed to client groups at least three (3) months in advance of the application closing date.
Accreditations should be made available to client groups at their first point of arrival either on venue
or at their accommodation.
6.2 Accommodation and Catering
6.1.2
Accreditation Matrix
An Accreditation Privileges Matrix will be created to show which roles are allowed access into
each zone. For example, Athletes and Officials would be able to access Zones 2 and Blue in the
above example.
The World Lacrosse DoE and Competition Director should be provided with an “access all areas
pass.” Other World Lacrosse Staff and Board passes will be agreed at least six (6) months prior to
the Event.
6.1.3
Venue Accreditation Help Office (VAHO)
Accreditation may be distributed either in advance, for example at a team hotel, or on venue at the
Venue Accreditation Help Office (VAHO). The VAHO should be located at the entrance to the site,
so that persons do not need to enter the site without an accreditation or ticket to receive assistance.
A mechanism for printing and distributing accreditation at the VAHO will be required.
6.1.4
Accreditation Badges, Lanyards and Bibs
It is the LOC’s responsibility to produce all accreditation passes, with lanyards, for the Event.
Accreditation badges should include the Event logo, individuals name, role at Event and access
privileges.
An additional system of supplementary access passes may be required, for example a bib for
photographer access to the FOP; however, this will be discussed and agreed between the LOC and
WL through the Event Planning process.
The LOC is responsible for providing accommodation options for a variety of stakeholders across
the Event. Stakeholder groups include, but are not limited to, the following:
• Team Delegations
• Officiating Team
• LOC Staff and external personnel contracted for the Event
• WL Staff, Representatives, Guests, and Sponsors
• General Assembly (GA) Attendees (every third year)
• Media
• Spectators/Fans.
The LOC is not responsible for paying for accommodation for these groups, unless separately
agreed between the parties, but must ensure that a suitable booking and payment system is in
place. It is also the responsibility of the LOC to ensure a range of facilities and cost options are
available.
This process includes booking the necessary rooms, managing payments, arranging an easy check-
in of the guests, coordinating daily meals (and particularly late meals), reserving meeting rooms and
any other matter related to the stakeholder accommodation needs.
6.2.1
Requirements for Teams
It is the LOC’s responsibility to provide a variety of accommodation options for teams across a
range of prices, room configurations and facilities. It is recommended that accommodation is,
where possible, provided at, or close to the competition venue to reduce the cost of transportation
for the LOC.
For Men’s Field competitions the maximum number of team members to be housed in official
accommodation is thirty-six (36) i.e., twenty-three (23) Athletes and a maximum of thirteen (13)
Team Support Staff inclusive of an Interpreter.
For Women’s Field competitions the maximum number of team members to be housed in official
accommodation is twenty-eight (28) i.e., eighteen (18) Athletes, two (2) Supplementary Athletes,
and a maximum of eight (8) Team Support Staff inclusive of an Interpreter and Medical
Practitioner.
For Men’s Box competitions the total number of team members to be accommodated in official
accommodation is thirty-six (36) i.e., twenty-three (23) Athletes and a maximum of thirteen (13)
Team Support Staff inclusive of an Interpreter.
Teams may request additional rooms; however, this is based on availability and at the discretion of
the LOC.
The LOC will be required to submit information on the availability of accommodation to WL, including
pricing and facility options, eighteen (18) months prior to the Event and prior to circulation to the
competing teams. Once agreed, the information must then be distributed to the teams no more than
two (2) months later.
All countries are responsible for 100% of the cost of accommodation for their team. Payment
dates will be decided by the LOC, in relation to the payment requirements for securing the
accommodation with the provider. These should be notified to WL in advance of publication. The
LOC is responsible for the management of all payments relating to accommodation. A small
supplement may be applied to accommodation costs to contribute towards the cost of transportation
and other services; however, this must be consistent across all accommodations offered and
agreed in advance with WL.
It is recommended that the dates of the following are included in the LOC’s Project Plan for the
Event:
• Accommodation costs approved by WL
• Accommodation info pack circulated to teams
• Accommodation booking confirmation
• Payment dates by teams
• Payment dates to supplier
• Rooming list confirmation.
Teams may request access to the accommodation in advance of the tournament to allow for
acclimatization and pre-event training. The LOC must confirm how many days in advance of the
Event the accommodation will be available. Transport in relation to provision for teams arriving
prior to the first official arrival day is detailed in Section 6.6.
Teams who arrive prior to the first agreed date of accommodation availability will need to secure
their own accommodation during this time. It is not the responsibility of the LOC to provide this,
though the LOC may be able to support with information.
The teams must be housed separately from the Officials, and the WL Board and WL Staff.
However, the teams should be housed with their respective Team Liaison Officer (TLO).
When a General Assembly is held in conjunction with a World Event refer section 7.1 re
accommodation for GA Delegates & Observers.
The following should be available within the team accommodation:
• Individual team meeting rooms with TV viewing and IT facilities – can be shared on a booing
system
• Lounge area, preferably one per team if in university style accommodation. Shared spaces
are acceptable if in hotel accommodation
• Central message board
• Security (as per available at facility)
• Adequate telephone and IT facilities.
There must be:
• A bed for each person
• Desirably not more than two (2) people per room
• A bathroom between not more than four (4) people
• Laundry facilities available
• Air conditioning in the accommodations is preferred.
Catering
It is the responsibility of the LOC to:
• Arrange for provision of meals/meal package options
• Ensure meals are nutritionally balanced and culturally acceptable
• Request that 'special' dietary needs be advised by countries not later than ninety (90)
days prior to the Event.
All countries are responsible for 100% of the cost of meals for their team.
Meals should be arranged at, or nearby to the accommodation venue or playing venue, if more
convenient, or at nearby locations, for each competing team and Support Staff member, though
these will be paid for by the teams.
Refer Section 5.10 regarding the Safeguarding of U18 representatives in accommodation.
6.2.2
Requirements for Officials
It is the responsibility of the LOC to book accommodation for the Officials attending the Event. The
cost of accommodation for Officials will need to be included in the Event budget but should be
equalized between the competing teams. The LOC is responsible for ensuring that these costs are
invoiced during the accommodation payment process.
The WL Officiating Team cannot, at any time and under any circumstance, be accommodated in
the same hotel as a participating Team or Media.
It is recommended that the Officials’ accommodation is close to the competition venue.
The Officiating Party will receive room and board including three (3) meals per day at no cost to
them or WL. These costs shall be shared equally amongst the participating teams.
Accommodation and meals need to be available five (5) days (e.g., competition starts on Thursday,
Officials to arrive Sunday prior) from the beginning of the competition and to the day after
competition is completed. The Chair of Officiating will advise the arrival and departure dates.
Accommodation shall be in a single location (i.e., same hotel, same student residence). The
Officiating Leadership Team including Officials’ Coaches to be housed separately from the
Officials (i.e., different floor or block is acceptable).
The standard shall be a minimum of university student residence accommodation or three-star hotel,
based on two (2) Officials sharing a room of the same gender, with each having their own bed (sofa
beds are not acceptable). Where there is an unequal number of rooms due to gender imbalance, it
is acceptable that accommodation is single where required. Spouses or partners cannot be
accommodated in the same rooms as the Officiating Party. The accommodation should be secure,
and rooms should be climate controlled. Where the climate is considered hot, air conditioning shall
be provided.
The Officiating Chair and Sub-Committee Chair are entitled to a single occupancy room.
The rooms will need to be serviced daily with a change of laundry service available on minimum
weekly basis. Towels are to be provided and changed on at least a two-day cycle.
The LOC should provide contact details of the accommodation so that individuals can book directly
for early arrivals or late departures at their own expense.
Catering
Three (3) meals per day, which would be suitable for Athletes to be offered. Vegan, vegetarian,
coeliac, kosher, and halal special dietary requirements may need to be catered for. Meal locations to
be convenient to housing and catering hours offered that are reflective of the Event scheduling.
Box/pack meals to be available daily and will be ordered one (1) day in advance by the Officiating
Leadership.
Facilities and Services
Self-serve laundry facilities including washing, drying, and ironing to be provided at reasonable cost.
These should be located close to the Officials’ accommodation. Typical send out hotel laundry
services are not acceptable.
The accommodation will have free of charge wireless network access.
6.2.3
World Lacrosse Attendees
Accommodation should be made available for the following WL attendees. Accommodation for this
group should be booked through official channels and invoiced to WL:
• Board, maximum fourteen (14)
• Staff, six – eight (6-8)
• Consultants, two – three (2-3)
• VIPs, one – two (1-2)
• Hon. Life Attendees, one – two (1-2)
• CMO and Medical Commission (Number tbc)
• Athletes Commission (Number tbc)
• Committee Chairs (Number tbc)
• LOC Event Leads for future competitions (Number tbc).
The attendance of some of the above representatives will be Event dependent, therefore WL will
provide a full list of attendees to the LOC approximately nine (9) months in advance of the Event,
with final confirmation three (3) months prior, or in line with, agreed payment timelines.
Breakfast should be included in the accommodation/catering provision, where possible, and a
meeting room with printer/copier should also be available at the hotel. WL is responsible for
sourcing its own catering for WL representatives where it is not covered by VIP hospitality.
6.2.4
General Assembly (GA) Hotel
At the 2021 WL GA it was agreed by membership that the WL GA should be held virtually in the
future, in either the October or November period, except for every third year, when it will be held in
person at a WL Championship starting in 2022 in conjunction with the WL Women’s World
Championship in Towson, Maryland, USA.
There are approx. one hundred (100) people in attendance at the GA. Some will be in attendance
as members of participating teams, some will make their own housing arrangements, and others
will need to book into the accommodation venue (s) nearest to the GA venue. The only rooms that
must be reserved by WL are a minimum of twenty (20) for Board and Staff. These are generally
single occupancy.
It is the LOC’s responsibility to provide a booking system so that NGB Representatives can book
and pay for their own rooms. The deadline for confirming attendance to the GA is thirty (30) days
prior to the meeting, therefore this must be considered when accommodation booking timelines
are confirmed.
6.2.5
Media Hotel
The LOC shall work with World Lacrosse to ensure that adequate hotels are available for Accredited
Media, by identifying a selection of suitable hotels in different price categories. Media are then
responsible for booking and paying for their own accommodation.
Tea, coffee, and water should be provided for Media and a user-pays concession available for the
purchase of food.
6.2.6
Spectators/Fans
A range of hotel options, or a contact to a local tourism information office, should be provided.
However, it is not a requirement of the LOC to book and manage accommodation for fans and
spectators, unless the LOC decides to undertake a Fan Package Scheme, which is at risk to the
LOC. All fan/spectator accommodation is at their own cost.
Spectators cannot be housed with Teams, Officials, or WL Representatives.
6.2.7
Hotel Information Desks
In the main lobby of each Event hotel, the LOC shall set up an Information Desk with appropriate
Event Branding, or if the hotels are closely located together a single main Information Desk may
be in place, provided it is signposted and easily accessible from other hotels.
Information Desk staff shall provide participants and guests with all necessary information and
assistance regarding their stay, the Event and services offered. At least one English-speaking
individual, knowledgeable enough to answer any question and solve problems should be managing
this desk. A 24-hour contact number should also be provided outside of desk operational hours.
Specific information shall be posted near to the information tables. Recommended information is
as follows:
• Competition schedule and results
• Training program (posted at team hotels)
• Transportation schedule, with shuttle bus service timetable
• Important phone numbers
• Any other useful information.
6.2.8
Provision of Meeting Space
A booking process for meeting rooms should be available for all client groups at both the
accommodation and competition venue. Meeting space should provide facilities for Video/DVD
and internet capabilities.
6.3 Media Operations
Details regarding the provision of meeting rooms on venue is provided in Section 6.7.6.
6.2.9
Client Group Catering on Venue
Whilst it is not the responsibility of the LOC to provide catering for all stakeholders at the venue, it
is recommended that user-pays options are provided that can cater for both client groups and
spectators, where provision is not an LOC responsibility. Given the length of a tournament a range
of options is recommended.
See respective accommodation sections in relation to individual client group catering that is
organized by the LOC. See also Section 7.2.7 re: VIP Hospitality Provision.
As global interest in the sport of lacrosse increases, so will the presence of Media at WL World
Championship Events, especially at Senior competitions. The LOC is responsible for providing a
professional work environment for accredited members of print, broadcast, digital and photographic
Media. This will include designated workspace with power and wireless high-speed Internet access,
as detailed in this section.
It is noted that the scale of media operation will vary depending on the Event. The contents of this
section show the ideal provision for Senior Events, but this may be scaled, in consultation with
World Lacrosse, for other events as appropriate.
6.3.1
Media Operations Requirements
The LOC will work in close collaboration with the WL Communications Team on all media matters,
prior to the Event (media accreditation, press releases etc.) as well as during the Event, to
communicate with the Media in a coordinated fashion.
WL is the final authority for all media-related decisions.
It is the responsibility of the LOC to:
• Appoint a Media Coordinator for the Event who has a strong understanding of media
relations, media services and publicity
• Publicize the World Event within the host country both pre-tournament and during the
tournament
• Work in collaboration with the WL Communications Team to ensure that all Event-
related communications are delivered through a joined-up process
• Provide facilities for working Media as detailed in this Manual
• Work with the WL Communications Team to provide a Media Crisis Communications Plan
so all involved understand their roles and responsibilities in an emergency. (See Section
2.9.5. re Contingency Planning)
6.3.2
LOC Media Officer
The LOC must appoint a reliable, professional, and experienced Media Officer/Coordinator no later
than twelve (12) months prior to the Event.
Prior to the Event, responsibilities include, but are not limited to:
• Communicating all event-related information specifically targeted at the media of the host
country and working collaboratively with World Lacrosse, providing information on the
preparation of the Event/host country
• In coordination with local Web Content Manager, verifying that all information appears on
the official website
• Screening host-country media applicants for media accreditation
• Working with WL on the provision of the Media Crisis Communications Plan
• Maintaining regular contact with the Team Delegations’ Press Officers.
During the Event, responsibilities include, but are not limited to:
• In coordination with World Lacrosse, managing all media areas as well as any official media
hotels ensuring the smooth running of media operations
• Managing Media Volunteers
• Answering inquiries and questions regarding the Event
• Acting as the main point of contact for Media of the host country
• In coordination with World Lacrosse, act as point of contact for International Media
• Ensure that game statistics are published on the Event website.
6.3.3
Media Protocols
It is the responsibility of the LOC to ensure that the Media Protocols listed below are followed. All
countries must be briefed on their responsibilities pre-event.
It is the responsibility of each country to:
• Inform Media outlets in each country of the Accreditation Application Process
• Be responsible for pre-event media promotion in their own country
• Designate a Press Officer to manage publicity and interview requests on behalf of their
National Team
• Apply for accreditation for Team Media Personnel as per the process in Section 6.3.5.
Pre–Game
With only special exceptions, Athletes and Coaches are not expected to be available for media
interviews prior to a game. Such special exceptions are made only with the prior approval of the
WL Communications Team and the National Team Press Officer and will involve requests on behalf
of the Rights Holder Broadcaster.
Media requests to interview a Coach or Athlete must be given to the Media Director sixty – ninety
(60 – 90) minutes prior to the game. Any pre-game interviews must be completed before the
teams take the field for the official warm-up period, i.e., women thirty-five (35) minutes and men
sixty (60) minutes maximum.
Post–Game
The requested Athletes/Coach from each country must accept the invitation to speak to the Media,
except for a medical concern.
Following the ten-minute (10) cool down period and the “Player of the Match” presentation, as
Teams leave the bench area, those being interviewed will report to the Mixed Zone. Athletes and
Coaches from the losing Team will be interviewed first. A maximum number of two (2) Athletes
and one (1) Coach may be requested for interviewing. The National Team Press Officer, or their
Appointee, shall communicate the names of the Athletes and Coaches requested for interviews to
the Team Managers.
6.3.4
Media Volunteers
As the number of Media attending WL World Championship Events increases, having experienced
Media Volunteers to support the Media Coordinator will be essential. It is the responsibility of the
LOC to recruit these volunteers, however, it is recommended that those recruited have previous
experience of a media environment. Other beneficial attributes include:
• Highly fluent in English, both spoken and written.
• Good understanding of lacrosse.
• Experience and understanding of working with Media.
• Confident and capable of dealing with stressful situations and conflict.
For general information regarding Volunteer Recruitment see Section 6.8.
6.3.5
Media Accreditation
The Media Accreditation Process, and deadlines, will be defined by the LOC in consultation with
WL. WL and the LOC will work in tandem to approve all accreditation requests, but as a matter of
principle, the LOC will approve domestic applications, and WL will review and approve international
applications.
It is expected that the Media Accreditation Process will be open for application at least four (4)
months prior to the Event. Competing Teams will need to apply for Media Accreditation through
the process designated by the LOC.
Teams may apply for accreditation for one (1) Media Personnel to attend the Event and access
the media areas, subject to approval of the application by World Lacrosse. This should not be the
same person acting as the Press Officer for the team.
6.3.6
Media Working Room and Seating
A Media Working Room shall be made available for all Accredited Journalists, allowing them to
work in a comfortable and productive environment, with access to all necessary resources and
information throughout the Event, whether before, during, or after games.
A minimum of one (1) Media Volunteer shall be always available to manage the Media Working
Room, and to cater to the questions/needs of the Media.
The following provision is for a Senior Event. Requirements for Box, Sixes and U20 Events will be
based on the below, but can be adjusted, in consultation with WL, based the on likely attendance
of Media:
Media Work Room should be approx. 1,000sqft (110sqm) with the following:
• Wireless communication (min. 10mb up and 25 mb down).
• Two (2) high-speed routers (with boosters if needed).
• Two (2) monitors (with international broadcast feed).
• Seventy (70) chairs.
• Twenty-five (25) six (6)-foot skirted tables.
• Fifteen (15) 110v outlets • thirty (30) power strips, min. one (1) per table.
• One (1) high speed copier, which collates and staples, with minimum thirty (30) pages printed per
minute.
• Eight (8) trash bins (preferred with recycling receptacle).
• Refreshments - Water Cooler/Water, access to user pays concession for food.
Suggested Layout
6.3.7
Media Benches, Field Operation and Mixed Zone
Media Benches
A formal Press Box or a designated seating area at field with no fixed structures, will be made
available on the Finals Field and must include the following:
• Access to power (110v).
• Wireless canopy access password protected.
• Seating for up to twenty (20) people (or reserved seats).
Additional seating with wireless access should be made available at other fields.
Mixed Zone
The LOC shall provide an area specifically designated to offer Accredited Media the opportunity to
conduct interviews with Athletes and Coaches post game. The space shall be located along the
route used by the Athletes to return to the changing rooms from the FOP. This area must be fully
secured and large enough for Athletes and Media to be segregated but circulate freely in their own
spaces.
Following the conclusion of games, all Athletes and Coaches shall leave the field via the Mixed
Zone, with Media approaching the barrier to conduct interviews.
WL/LOC Staff and Media Volunteers will be responsible for coordinating Mixed Zone activity. The
Teams’ Press Officers should also provide Mixed Zone coordination according to specific needs.
Refer Section 6.3.3 re: pre- and post-match Media Protocols.
Priority for interviews in the mixed zone is as follows:
1. Rights-holding Broadcaster – live
2. Rights-holding Broadcaster – tape
3. Other Broadcasters – tape
4. Print and Digital.
Photographers
Designated boxed areas will be made available, for photographers on the opposite side of FOP
from team benches and scoring/officiating areas for matches on all fields
• Three (3) Min. 20’ feet x 5’ feet area outlined by paint with PHOTOGRAPHER
designation (see yellow in diagram below).
• NOTE: Photographer Boxes may be determined by line of sight for final placement
of broadcast cameras by field.
Suggested Field Layout
6.3.8
Press Conference Room
Post-game Press Conferences begin approximately fifteen (15) minutes following a game and
take place in the Press Conference Room. Each Press Conference should be conducted by a
Press Conference Moderator officially appointed by World Lacrosse and the LOC. The Head
Coach of each Team, as well as one Athlete from each Team (top scorer or any outstanding
Athlete of the game) shall participate in the Press Conference.
The following provisions are recommended:
• Where possible a small theater with angled seating (if available in proximity to fields and/or press
room) or dais table on risers.
• Three (3) six (6)-foot skirted tables (dais).
• One (1) ten’ (10) x eighteen’ (18) ft step and repeat logo WL/Host branded banner.
• Audio – Visual capabilities: • Sound board three (3) microphones linked to PA system.
• Lighting (or min. two (2) LED lights portable on stanchions).
multi-jack audio box (plugged into house system for direct audio).
• Seating for minimum fifty (50) persons.
• Raised area at rear of conference space for broadcast cameras.
Press Conferences may not be required after every game; therefore, WL and the LOC will need to
coordinate requirements and communicate to the Media in a time-lined manner.
Suggested Layout
6.3.9
Distribution of Information
Accredited Media shall receive a regular flow of information throughout the Event, including all
competition-related data. Information will be distributed both digitally and in printed versions.
Printed information includes:
• Team rosters.
• Game statistics.
• Standings and results.
• Accumulated statistics.
• Copies of media manual.
6.3.10
Photography
It is the LOC’s responsibility to confirm the maximum number of photographers who are permitted
access to the FOP photographers’ areas at any one time to ensure that no play is obstructed. It is
recommended that a Photography Manager is in place at the Event to manage this process.
To simplify security procedures, and clearly identify the Accredited Professional Photographers,
WL will provide photographer bibs. High-vis bibs/jackets are not permitted.
An appropriate number of bibs will be shipped to the LOC, who shall be responsible for distributing
them to Accredited Photographers from the Media Workroom. Photographers shall wear bibs at
6.4 Safety and Security
all times during games, while the appropriate measures must be in place to ensure that only
Accredited Photographers, wearing a bib, access the photographer areas.
6.3.11
Team, Game and Ceremonies Photographs
It is the LOC’s responsibility to contract an Official Photographer for the Event. The rights for these
images must be made available to WL free of charge for use in current and future event promotions.
It is the responsibility of the LOC to have photos taken preferably on the day prior to commencement
of World Championship for the following:
• Teams
• Officials
• Official Party (refer 7.2.2)
A copy of these photos must be provided to WL free of charge.
Each country may ask for extra photos (e.g., with additional personnel) to be taken at their own
expense. Each country has the option of having their photo taken in playing uniforms or walking
out uniforms.
The LOC is also responsible for ensuring that the winning team is photographed with the trophy,
and photos are provided of the top three (3) teams with their medals. WL may request additional
photos of the Event to be included in the photography brief, which should be given to the Official
Photographer in advance of the Event.
6.4.1
Security
The LOC is responsible for ensuring that the Event is delivered in a safe and secure manner across
all activities and stakeholder groups. The LOC shall undertake a full Event Risk Assessment to
ensure all operational risks are identified and mitigated/reduced to an appropriate level prior to the
commencement of the Event.
The LOC shall designate an experienced and knowledgeable individual to oversee all security-
related issues. This individual will lead the efforts to develop and implement a detailed Safety and
Security Plan, which shall be reviewed by the local authorities and emergency services and
approved by WL. The Plan shall be contingent upon local security conditions, but shall include:
• Security measures at competition venues (training and competition venues)
• Security measures at official hotels (if required)
• Security measures at functions organized around the Event
• Entrance security checks to ensure that no prohibited items are introduced into the
competition venues, items include but are not limited to:
o Bottles or other items that could be used as projectiles
o Laser pointers
o Fireworks and pyrotechnic devices
o Flags and banners with discriminatory, provocative, or offensive content and images
o Flag poles longer than one meter
o Other items as required by the venue to meet appropriate licensing conditions.
A further responsibility of the Safety & Security Plan is to manage the access control of accredited
zones – see Section 6.1 for zone breakdown. The Safety and Security Plan must demonstrate
how access to different zones will be controlled to ensure the protection of key stakeholder groups
and avoid interferences that could impede Athlete performance. All persons entering the venue in
relation to the Event must be able to show either an Event Accreditation Pass or valid tickets for
access.
The Safety and Security Plan should be written in conjunction with local law enforcement taking
into consideration the prevailing security climate. It is the LOC’s responsibility to ensure that the
Safety and Security Plan meets local legislative requirements and protects the welfare of all those
in attendance at the Event.
6.4.2
Emergency Management
The LOC Event Director and responsible Security Personnel shall ensure that all venues are fully
compliant with safety and security regulations. All personnel involved in the Event must be briefed
on emergency procedures and on how to react in the case of emergency.
A Crisis Management Plan should be developed and presented to WL no later than six (6) months
prior to the Event. The Plan should cover the following situations:
• Fire
• Earthquake, flooding, snowstorm, or other natural catastrophes
• Terrorist Threat
• Violence in the stands and/or clashes between two sets of rival spectators
• Field Invasion by spectators
• Loss of power to the venue
• Any situations requiring the evacuation of the venue.
In many cases Emergency Planning should be based on the venue’s existing plans. Any changes
to the Plan, caused by infrastructure or other elements of the Event, will need to be approved by
the venue.
In addition, the formulation of Contingency Plans should be provided as part of operational
readiness (See Section 2.9.5), and a Crisis Communications Plan, as detailed in Section 6.4.3,
should be formulated in collaboration with WL.
Examples of Contingency Plans:
• Delay, Postponement, Cancellation
• Inclement weather (see below)
• Insufficient workforce numbers
• Food poisoning
• Hotel evacuation (Team welfare)
• Team failure to arrive.
It is also important that a record is kept of any accidents or incidents that occur at the Event. The
LOC is responsible for formulating an Incident Reporting Procedure that aligns to the venue’s
legislative requirements.
6.4.3
Crisis Communications Plan
A crisis is any situation that could threaten the safety, integrity, or reputation of a WL World
Championship Event, its partners, WL, or the sport of lacrosse.
The public response to any crisis will vary with each situation, but the provision of a joined-up Crisis
Communications Plan will ensure a potential crisis is managed effectively, and negative effects
are minimized.
The objectives of a Crisis Communications Plan are:
• To detail roles and responsibilities between the Event, Venue, and Partners
• To detail lines of communication and information cascade processes
• To detail the principles and channels to be used to respond to the Media and public
• To ensure a unified voice for the Event, its Partners, and World Lacrosse.
The LOC will be responsible for creating the Crisis Communications Plan, in close collaboration
with WL, the Event Venue, and the host NGB.
6.4.4
Inclement Weather Protocols
Inclement weather is probably one of the risks most likely to impact the Event. An Inclement
Weather Contingency Plan must be put in place.
Further information on contingencies for bad weather are included in the relevant Rule Book.
However, it is recommended that tarpaulin should be available to cover all goal creases, and face-
off/draw spots, in the event of bad weather.
Any changes to the schedule, due to inclement weather, must be approved by WL, prior to
notifying the teams, or making a public announcement.
It is also recommended that the LOC arrange to have access to a Lightning Detection and
Weather Monitoring System. The System should be accessible by Event Personnel at the
competition venue.
6.5 Technology
Technology is a critical component of the Event as it supports many operational processes and
Functions. Information Technology (IT), is also the means through which the LOC and WL provide
Efficient and reliable information to the public and the Media.
6.46.4 Safety and Security
Safety and Security
IT covers the delivery of equipment and services necessary for the management and distribution of
information in the following areas:
• WIFI/Internet provision
• Office and Accreditation Operations
• Public Information Systems (scoreboards, official game clocks, twenty-four (24)-second
clocks, video screens, PA)
• Telecommunications (data, telephones, mobile phones, walkie talkies).
This section also covers utilities such as power and lighting which support the delivery of IT
infrastructure.
6.5.1
Wireless Network
The venue is required to provide a secure wireless network (WLAN) to support all accredited
individuals including Competition Management, WL Staff, Participating Teams, Broadcast, Radio
Rightsholders, Accredited Media, and others. Technical specifications for the WLAN will vary
depending on the configuration of the various locations and spatial limitations.
6.5.2
Office and Accreditation Operations
The LOC is responsible for all office and accreditation technical requirements. This may include
laptops for Staff, printers, copiers, phones etc.
A photocopier and printer with wireless access must be provided for the Media Centre.
The LOC must also provide WL with access to a minimum of three (3) workspaces/desk positions,
wired or Wi-Fi internet access, a color printer, and photocopying facilities.
6.5.3
Public Information Systems
The LOC should provide a minimum of one (1) video screen per finals field which can show the
time, score, and where possible, the live feed from the match. Additional content from the LOC,
Sponsors and WL may also be shown.
A Public Address and Audio System should be provided for each field so teams can be
announced onto the field. The audio system will also support sport presentation provision at the
Event. The system shall be of such a quality as to enable sharp and clear sound reproduction
above the noise of the crowd for both PA and music.
See Section 5.6.14 regarding Game Scoreboard and Timing requirements.
6.5.4
Telecommunications/Data Services
Telecommunications support in the installation and provision of telephone lines, hard-wired and
wireless data services and related equipment will be provided by the LOC. The LOC/venue shall
designate an individual to serve as the Venue Telecommunications contact. This individual will be
responsible for coordinating the ordering and provision of all telephone and data services for
approved individuals.
Radios should be provided for communication during competition. For those operating around the
FOP earpieces/headsets should also be provided. At a minimum, radios should be provided for the
following:
• One (1) per field for Table
• One (1) per field for Announcer
• Medical Coordinator for Event or each Medical Tent if there is more than one (1)
• LOC Event Director
• WL Competition Director
• WL Director of Events
• Head of Officials
• Event Field Staff
• Ambulance
• Staff Structure as designated by the LOC Event Director.
6.5.5
Power, Utilities and Lighting
Power - Sufficient power should be provided for all event and competition operations. At Box events
venue power may be sufficient; however, additional power, through the provision of generators and
cabling, may be required for Field events. It is the responsibility of the LOC to ensure that adequate
power is required to meet all event needs including broadcast/media and to ensure safety
requirements around temporary power are managed appropriately.
Utilities - It is the LOC’s responsibility to work with the venue to ensure that all utilities are in suitable
working order. Adequate toilets should be provided across all client groups, therefore temporary
toilets may need to be added to the site. Maintenance Plans and contingency responses should
be in place in the event of an issue with utilities during the Event e.g., flooding.
Lighting - The competition schedule permits night games to take place, therefore, adequate lighting
is required. WL adopt lighting specifications as per outlined in the “NCAA Best Lighting Practices
Guide” for World Championship Events.
NCAA Specification
World Lacrosse Event Specification
Box Events
Field Events
Intercollegiate Play
(No Broadcast)
World Lacrosse Qualifying Events (No Broadcast)
Intercollegiate Play
(No Broadcast)
Championship Play (No Broadcast)
National Broadcast
Championship Play (Broadcast)
6.6 Transport and Travel
Where lighting is required for Championship Play it should meet the following requirements:
Lighting Specification
Field Lacrosse
Box Lacrosse
Horizontal Foot-candles
125
125
Horizontal Uniformity
1.5:1
1.5:1
Camera #1
Center Main Side
Center Main Side
Vertical Foot-candles
125
125
Vertical Uniformity
1.5:1
1.5:1
Camera #2
End
End
Vertical Foot-candles
75
75
Vertical Uniformity
2.5:1
2.5:1
Pole Position
6+ Poles
NA
Note - Data sourced from “NCAA Best Lighting Practices Guide” - specified for NCAA Championship
venues
Other Considerations:
1. All foot-candle levels are target minimum averages
2. New lighting system designs are recommended to use 0.7 Recoverable Light Loss
Factor or Constant Illumination
3. Lamp Characteristics:
a. Minimum color temperature must be 3600 degrees Kelvin
b. Minimum Color Rendering Index (CRI) must be 65.
The LOC shall produce a technical report for the venue that confirms that each playing surface and
attached facilities being used comply with the specifications. If for any reason the playing
surface(s) and facilities cannot meet the requirements, then the LOC will supply a detailed
explanation to World Lacrosse as to the deficiencies.
It is the LOC’s responsibility to provide transport services for client groups on arrival and during the
Event as detailed below. International travel is the responsibility of the competing team or Individual
Client Group member unless otherwise detailed or agreed with WL. It is noted that Officials pay for
their own international travel to and from the Event.
6.6.1
Visa Applications
The requirement for a visa to enter a host country is dependent on the individual host country. It is
the responsibility of individual teams and other attendees to apply for their own visas. It is not the
responsibility of the Host Nation/LOC to undertake the application process on behalf of any
attendees.
The LOC may be requested to provide a letter of support which confirms that a team, or individual,
are competing in the Event. These must be requested at least six (6) months prior to the start of
the Event. WL may also be requested to provide a letter of support; however, the letter from the
LOC will take precedence.
6.6.2
Team Arrival and Departure Transfers
The LOC is responsible for designating the nearest international airport and train station as the
official arrival hubs for the Event. The LOC is responsible for providing the option of transport to
and from the official arrival hub for teams as detailed below. Each participating team who chooses
to use the official transport should be welcomed at the airport, and be transported by the LOC to
their hotel, as well as provided with the return journey at the end of the tournament. All references
to participating team refer to the numbers detailed in the Rule Books and in Section 5.3.6.
The LOC should estimate the cost of this transportation and equalize it between the teams who
have requested transport, for payment in advance of the Event. Any additional costs may be
invoiced after the Event and must be paid in line with the World Event Debts Policy at Appendix
18.
It is the responsibility of each country to advise the LOC of exact details of arrival of team and
Support Staff, arrival point, date, time, and mode of arrival, not later than three (3) months prior to
the Event. If a visiting team does not meet the deadline for informing the LOC of arrival times, they
risk forfeiting their right to transportation.
If a team arrives at a non-official transport hub it is that team’s responsibility to get themselves to
the accommodation. The LOC may be able to arrange transport at a direct cost to that team or
provide contact details for a Transport Provider.
6.6.3
Game Transportation for Teams
The LOC will provide a minimum of one (1) round trip transportation for each country for games
and official functions per day. Team specific buses are preferable, but if sharing, match opponents
on that given day must not travel together.
Additional transport may be required if practice sites, meal venues, accommodation and competition
venues are not located together.
These transport costs are the responsibility of the LOC.
Arrangements for any other transportation outside of the above are the responsibility of the
competing team.
6.6.4
Officials’ Transport
The LOC shall provide round trip transportation from the agreed arrival hub (airport/station) to the
Officials’ accommodation for arrivals and departure. The transportation shall be organized so that,
where possible, there are no extended waiting periods at the arrival hub.
Where the fields are located more than a short walk from the accommodation, the LOC shall provide
regular secure transportation to the playing fields separate from teams, or public. This service shall
be regular and available throughout the Event. It is recommended that the schedule for this is
notified to the Officiating Chair in advance of the Event.
The LOC shall provide secure round trip transportation to the Fitness Testing Facility, Opening
and Closing Ceremonies, or other obligatory events for the Officials’ Party.
The LOC shall also provide round trip transportation for the Score Table Personnel, including
Announcers, if they come from outside the host city.
6.6.5
WL and GA Transportation
WL is responsible for the costs and transportation of Board and Staff, and any other invited WL
Guests, to the WL GA. The costs and transportation for all other GA attendees are the responsibility
of the individual or their NGB. Lifetime Award Honorees, if in attendance, are responsible for their
own transportation and costs.
6.6.6
Media Transportation
Adequate parking should be provided for Media. Information on local transport services should be
available on the Event website, signposted through information distributed with accreditation
application documentation. The LOC is not required to provide specific transportation for Media,
unless the LOC decide to provide an official Media hotel for the Event that is not easily accessible
from the venue.
6.6.7
Parking
The venue shall have sufficient space for parking for both individual and group transportation
vehicles (bicycles, motorcycles, cars, and buses).
Separate parking areas shall be designated for use by all accredited individuals, including Teams,
Officials, Accredited Media, and Photographers.
6.7 Venue and Infrastructure
Accessible Parking - Parking areas reserved for persons with disability must be provided, as well
as special access paths. The requirements for such individuals should be according to the national
guidelines of the host country.
Participant and World Lacrosse Guest Parking - The venue shall ensure that adequate parking
places are provided for the participants and WL guests.
Team Parking - The venue shall provide adequate parking for the buses transporting the teams.
Parking should be as close to the team entrance as possible and away from public entrances.
Accredited Media Parking - The venue shall provide parking passes for Accredited Media. If
parking is limited, then preference shall be given to Media Representatives with heavy equipment,
such as Television Camera Crews and Photographers. It is recommended that Media parking be
located as close as possible to the media entrance.
Technical Parking for Broadcast Partner (TV Compound) - The venue shall provide sufficient
space for a TV compound. It must be fully secured, with no access to the public.
General Public Parking - Enough parking to cater for projected attendance per day should be
provided. Public transport and park and ride options should also be promoted if available.
VAPP - A Venue Access Parking Pass must be provided by the LOC to identify vehicles which are
able to park in designated spaces. It is the responsibility of the LOC to manage the distribution of
VAPPs and the checking process at designated car parks.
6.6.8
Other Transportation Arrangements
Insurance - The LOC shall ensure that all types of transportation used in an official capacity have
the necessary and appropriate levels of insurance coverage.
Telecommunications Equipment - All individuals who are members of the Transportation Team
shall have either a mobile phone or radio to ensure constant and immediate communication.
Access - The LOC shall ensure that each hotel provides access to the pick-up area for cars and
buses and parking at, or immediately adjacent to the hotel.
Police Escort - Should traffic or security circumstances dictate, the LOC shall work with local
authorities to provide police escorts for the participating teams from the team hotels to the
competition venue on game days.
The Venue Specification for the Event should be equal to, or exceed, the details provided by the
Host in the WL Bid Guidelines, and WL reserves the right to request changes to the specification
during the planning process through consultation with the LOC. Any changes to the WL Bid
Guidelines specifications will need to be agreed between the parties. Any major changes
requested by the LOC will require approval from WL; approval is not to be unreasonably withheld.
6.7.1
Venue Space Requirements
The below list provides an overview of all the space requirements for the Event; however, further
detail is available in other sections, which is signposted from this table.
Venue Space Requirement
Detail
Additional
Info in Manual
Accessible Seating
Viewing areas for wheelchair users and to cater for
spectators with other disabilities
6.7.2
Athlete Seating
Area allocated for Teams in seating stand
6.7.2
Broadcast Production
Office/Compound
Broadcast production workspace and location for
broadcast trucks/facilities
3.3.2
Camera Platforms/Positions
Camera locations around FOP
3.3.2
Competition/Event
Management Office
LOC Management workspace
Doping Control Station
Anti-doping facilities
5.9.3
Field of Play (FOP)
Fields allocated for Game play
5.6.3
Media Benches
Media seating with suitable viewing of FOP
6.3.7
Media Centre/Workspace
Media workspace with power and internet connectivity
6.3.6
Meeting Room (General)
6.7.6
Mixed Zone
Location for post-game short interviews and quotes
6.3.7
Officials’ Locker Room
Change room specifically allocated for Officials
5.6.9
Officials’ Office/Meeting
Room
Office allocated for Head of Officiating with space for
meetings
6.7.6
Officials’ Seating
Area allocated for Officials in seating stand
6.7.2
Practice/Training Fields
Team training fields, separate to game or festival fields
5.6.2
Performance and Recovery
Centre (Medical)
Athlete medical center with additional Athlete
recovery facilities
5.8.2
Photographers’ Areas
Allocated areas around FOP where photographers can
take game photos
6.3.7
Press Conference Room
With top table, seating and space for broadcast for
conducting pre- and post-event press conferences
6.3.8
Scorer and Timers’ Table
Location of Bench Officials responsible for scoring and
timing
5.6.5
Spectator First Aid
Separate from Athlete medical facilities to serve
all other client groups
6.7.5
Event Presentation Control
Area for announcers, sound, and tech for control of
in- game presentation
7.2.1
Team Bench Areas
Team Seating Areas on side of FOP for teams
competing in a match
5.6.4
Team Locker Rooms
Team facilities pre-game
5.6.8
Ticketed Seating
Public seating accessed through ticket purchase
6.7.2
Venue Accreditation Help
Office
Distribution of accreditation and enquiries
6.1.3
VIP Hospitality
Room, ideally near VIP seating for meals and
networking.
7.2.6
VIP Seating
Area allocated for VIPs in seating stand
6.7.2
World Lacrosse Workspace
WL Staff workspace
6.5.2
Workforce Break Area
Area for workforce to break during shifts
6.8.2
The LOC will be required to provide a Facilities Schedule for the teams at least four (4) months
prior to the Event. This will provide details/location of available facilities including:
• Locker/Change Rooms
• Coaches’ Rooms
• Storage
• Medical Facilities
• Officials’ Areas
• Doping Control Station
• Warm-Up Areas
• Scouting Positions
• Team Filming Location
• Cleaning Services
The Facilities Schedule may provide information on the provision of balls, and equipment repair
services (Box specific).
6.7.2
Seating
For Senior level competition the LOC should provide seating at the finals with a capacity of at least
five thousand (5,000). A second field, with a seating capacity of at least one thousand (1,000) is
also expected. Where only one (1) Field of Play (FOP) is in use, for example at a WL World Box
Championship (floor), a minimum capacity of five thousand (5,000) is required.
For U20 events the LOC should provide seating at the finals field with a capacity of at least one
thousand (1,000). Seating at other fields is also recommended.
Space for wheelchair users with accompanying carers, and others with disabilities, which meet the
guidelines of the host country are also required.
Access to spectator seating areas should be kept separate from team access areas, and
spectators must be kept segregated from the Field of Play.
Accredited Seating
Accredited seating areas within the stand must be allocated for Teams, Officials, Media, and VIPs.
Access to these areas should be managed by a volunteer and be by accreditation.
6.7.3
Venue Access
General Public Access. General Public Access must have sufficient space to ensure safe
entrance/exit procedures while also allowing for information, sales, and service areas. The public
entrance shall be opened no later than one (1) hour prior to the first game of each day, or earlier,
should Event capacity dictate.
Dedicated Entrances. The venue shall identify the following dedicated entrances:
• Participating Teams and Game Officials.
• LOC and World Lacrosse Staff and Volunteers.
• VIPs.
• Accredited Media.
It is particularly important that participating teams are kept separate from other client groups.
Access shall be strictly controlled by security at the accreditation check points. Clear and visible
signage shall be posted to identify each dedicated entrance.
If the venue design means it is not possible to separate these client groups, the LOC will need to
submit a proposal to WL for approval as to how teams will be protected.
6.7.4
Disabled Access
WL requires that all competition and training venues offer access and services to persons with a
disability. Venues shall provide written confirmation of compliance, and any other pertinent
information to WL, no later than six (6) months prior to the Event.
6.7.5
Spectator Medical Facilities
The venue must provide certified medical personnel and a first-aid room on days when the venue
is open to the public. It must be easily accessible from general circulation spaces and fully equipped.
This facility must be able to cater for all other client groups excluding Teams and Officials. For
Medical information on Team and Officials see Section 5.8.
6.7.6
Meeting Spaces
A booking process for meeting rooms should be available for all client groups at both the
accommodation and competition venue. Meeting space should provide facilities for video/DVD
and internet capabilities.
A specific meeting room for Officials is required, preferably at the competition venue. Officials may
also require access to meeting space at their own accommodation.
It is the responsibility of the LOC to schedule allocation of rooms and times, following requests
provided from countries, not later than four (4) months prior to the Event.
It is the responsibility of each country to liaise with the LOC Event Director/designated person if any
changes are required. Changes may be denied once the schedule has been finalized.
6.7.7
Cleaning and Waste
The venue must be provided fully cleaned with all areas in good working condition. A final clean of
the venue should take place no more than two (2) days prior to the first team arriving at the venue.
It is the LOC’s responsibility to ensure that a Cleaning and Waste Disposal Program is in place so
that the venue is presented in acceptable manner for each day of tenancy. Further services should
6.8 Workforce Operations
be provided throughout each day to ensure there is no build-up of waste. A cleaning response
contact should be available to ensure cleaning can react in the event of a spillage.
6.8.1
Recruitment of Volunteers
The support of volunteers is a key factor in the success of any Event. The LOC shall be required to
recruit knowledgeable individuals to support the operations of the Event. It is noted that a mix of
sport specific volunteers, who are trained in certain roles relating to the game, and general
volunteers, will be required for the Event. The LOC is responsible for determining the volunteer
workforce and training requirements.
The LOC Volunteer Program should strive to accomplish the following goals:
• Provide an enthusiastic and warm welcome to guests visiting the Event
• Answer questions and provide information to visitors
• Provide operational support for Championship, and
• Contribute to the general atmosphere of excitement surrounding the Event.
It is recommended that the Volunteer Recruitment Process is started at least one (1) year prior to
the Event to ensure that volunteer availability is known well in advance. It is also recommended
that the workforce management resource is recruited to manage recruitment, scheduling, and
communications, as this can be a resource-heavy process. Volunteer schedules should ensure
that adequate rest time is provided, and the welfare of the voluntary workforce is considered a
priority.
6.8.2
Sport Specific Volunteers
Sport Specific Volunteers require specific technical competencies with previous experience of
operating at international lacrosse events.
The following are examples of those positions that should not be filled from the general volunteer
pool:
• Scoring and Timing Table Officials.
• Statisticians.
• Game Operations/FOP Managers.
• Public Announcer (may be professional provider).
• In-venue entertainment (may be professional provider).
• Team Liaison Officers.
• Ball Persons.
6.8.3
General Volunteers
General Volunteers may be recruited to provide additional support to the Event. Roles may
include, but are not limited, to the following:
• Access control
• Wayfinding
• Program sales
• Spectator services
• Runner
• Media Support.
Local legislation may dictate that some roles may not be undertaken by volunteers, for example,
security or traffic management. It is the LOC’s responsibility to ensure that volunteers are not used
for roles where professional personnel are required.
6.8.4
Staff and Volunteer Welfare
It is the responsibility of the LOC to determine the provision of welfare services for Staff and
Volunteers; however, as volunteers give their time for free, and often work long days, it is
recommended that a break space is provided with tables and seating, and food/water provision
included in the Event budget. Policies regarding length of shift, number of shifts, age group etc.
should be created, in line with the Host country’s own regulations, and international Best Practice,
and adhered to during the Event. A method of raising concerns is also advised.
It is also recommended that volunteer orientation sessions are held in advance of the Event to
ensure that volunteers are knowledgeable about the venue, the Event, and the specifications of
their role.
Volunteer uniforms should be provided as a method of identification of those involved in the Event.
Whilst this may be budget dependent it is recommended that likely weather conditions are
considered when deciding on what is provided. It is the LOC’s responsibility to provide uniforms for
all volunteers unless WL can engage a sponsor to provide these uniforms on behalf of the Event.
All customs charges relating to the delivery of these sponsored uniforms should be at the cost of
the LOC.
6.8.5
Reward and Recognition
Volunteers provide their support free of charge to an Event and, whilst not an essential event
component, it is common at major Events to provide a Reward and Recognition Program for the
volunteer workforce. The provision of this is the responsibility of the LOC.
The LOC may wish to host a Volunteer Appreciation Event following the Event to thank volunteers
for their time and support of the Event. Volunteers may be provided mementos such as key rings,
caps, and a certificate of appreciation.
7.1 General Assembly
The WL General Assembly (GA) is held on an annual basis. The 2021 WL General Assembly
agreed that this shall be held virtually in the future, except for every third year, when it will be held
in person at a World Lacrosse Championship starting in 2022.
The in-person GA will normally take place in a hotel or conference facility with attached
accommodation near the World Championship venue.
7.1.1
General Assembly Dates
The 2021 GA agreed that the virtual GA shall be held in the October/November period. The dates
of the in-person GA shall be determined by the WL Board according to the Event calendar. In the
past the GA has been held at Senior or U20 Events and not at the WL Box Championship Event.
With the in-person GA it is preferred that the GA takes place post-event to coincide with the finals,
enabling attendance of WL NGB representatives who may not have teams in the competition to
attend the finals should they wish. However, the GA may be held pre-event to avoid a clash with
other events such as The World Games or The Olympic Games. GA’s held post event will
generally take place Sunday/Monday with arrivals on Saturday. GA’s held pre-event will generally
take place Monday/Tuesday with arrivals on Sunday; however, WL reserve the right to change
this recommendation should the length of the Event differ from the standard ten (10) days.
WL will confirm dates for the in-person GA to the LOC to enable booking of facilities and
accommodation at least twelve (12) months in advance.
For accommodation requirements relating to GA attendees see 6.2.4 in the overall accommodation
section of this document.
7.1.2
General Assembly Attendance
The GA will be attended by the following groups, noting the numbers of WL Board and Staff are
subject to change.
• WL Board (13)
• WL Staff (7)
• NGB Representatives - each member can have a maximum of two (2) NGB Representatives
• Committee Chairs (by invitation)
• Chief Medical Officer (by invitation)
• Other speakers/guest (by invitation)
• WL Lifetime Award Honorees (by invitation)
Approximate total number of attendees is one hundred (100); however, with growing interest in the
sport this may increase. WL and LOC will agree numbers and size of room during early planning
stages.
7. Wider Event Considerations
7.1.3
Capacity and Facilities
The LOC shall source the following facilities for the GA. Costs associated with the GA will be
covered by WL.
• Large meeting room to hold approx. one hundred (100) in lecture theatre style with tables
for members so they are facing the Board. L-shaped rooms should be avoided
• Reception area at entrance for check-in and cloakroom facilities
• Board to be seated at head table, preferably elevated
• Additional table for WL Staff to side of head table
• AV equipment to include large screen, PA system with at least two (2) mics for top table,
lectern with mic for invited speakers and two (2) x roving mics for audience participation
• At least two (2) smaller break-out rooms for up to fifty (50) people each
• Strong WIFI capacity to enable e-voting
• Meeting room to be available from 07:00 – 20:00 each day with access the evening prior for
set up and testing of AV
• An AV technician should be available to support for meeting set up and continuity
• Additional seating for observers and guests should be provided at the rear of the main room,
ideally with tables if space allows
• No translation services are required at this time
• A small WL staff office should be provided which can also be used for WL Board meetings.
7.1.4
Catering
The below catering is required at the GA, cost of which will be covered by WL, preferably charged
on a consumption basis.
• Tea/coffee/water on arrival in mornings (no snacks as people will have had breakfast)
• Mid-morning refresh drinks and snacks
• Lunchtime - quick and easy cold lunch with flexible timing – self-service
• Mid-afternoon refresh drinks and snacks.
Catering Manager contacts should be provided to the WL staff contact prior to the start of the GA.
The venue management team should provide a regular check of refreshments.
For evening meals see 7.1.5 Welcome Reception. No evening meal is provided on the evening of
the first day of the GA (unless welcome reception takes place (see 7.1.5).
7.1.5
Welcome Reception
WL will provide a Welcome Reception for all GA Delegates which usually takes place on the evening
prior to the first day of GA. As an exception, the reception may be held on the evening of the first
day, but only if time does not allow for this to take place the day before. The following
facilities/services are required:
• Reception room for approx. one hundred (100) with circulation space and tables available for
informal dining - final configuration to be agreed with WL President. No seating plan required
7.2 Event Presentation, Ceremonies and Protocols
• Hot and Cold Fork Buffet – Style of reception, food, and timings to be determined by WL wit
options and pricing provided by LOC
• Wine, beer, and soft drinks are covered by WL, preferably on a sale or return basis. A cash
bar for spirits should also be available
• A PA and microphone for welcome speeches
• Presentation facilities may be requested
• A catering or event management contact from the venue should be available on the evening
of the Event.
Event Protocols are a fundamental element of delivery and link the strong history of the sport with
modern day delivery. Protocols, and how they are presented, also guide how the sport is perceived
in both the lacrosse community and global sporting family. Any variations to the protocols listed
within this section of the manual must be requested in writing to WL, who hold the ultimate right of
approval.
The Opening Ceremony officially commences the Event, and the Closing Ceremony provides a
celebration of the Athletes’ performances, as well as an opportunity to hand on to future Event
Hosts. The Event Presentation maintains the atmosphere, garnered at the Opening Ceremony,
throughout the rest of the tournament.
7.2.1
Event Presentation
Event Presentation is a core element of the Event’s appearance to both the spectators in venue
and on the broadcast product, as well as providing a delivery mechanism for the protocols of the
sport. Event Presentation also heightens the experience of the event for Athletes by raising the
sense of occasion but should not impede performance in any way.
Event Presentation elements may include the following:
• Announcers/MC’s
• Crowd entertainment and music
• Information about the Sport and Event
• Technical delivery such as large screens, PA systems etc.
• Anthems and Flags
• Video content
• Athlete/Team entry onto FOP
• Management of Medal Ceremonies
WL are keen to ensure that the standard of presentation is increased at all future Events and will
work closely with the LOC to support development. It is the responsibility of the LOC to create ideas
and mechanisms for Event Presentation at their Event. An Event Presentation Plan should be
shared with WL no later than six (6) months prior to the Event. A space for Event Presentation
Control, with a suitable view of the FOP, will need to be allocated at each field where presentation
activities are taking place.
Event Presentation must include at least four (4) public address announcements for WL for each game.
A Flag of Nations, where all competing teams’ flags are represented, should be hung at the
competition venue. Where more than one (1) competition venue is used a Flag of Nations display
should be shown at each venue. An additional set of flags is required to depict the two (2) teams
competing in an individual game. The responsibility for the provision of flags lies with the LOC.
7.2.2
Official Party and Invitations
The Official Party should be involved in all Ceremonies and Functions. The Official Party consists of:
• WL Board
• WL Director of Events
• Head of next LOC.
The Official Guests for Ceremonies and Functions may also involve the following groups:
• Teams
• Officials
• Official Party
• NGB Country Representatives (in the year of a GA)
• Past FIL/IFWLA/ILF Presidents/Lifetime Award Honorees
It is the responsibility of the LOC to ensure the official guest list is complete and guests are invited
to the appropriate event during the World Championship. It is the responsibility of the DoE to send
invitations to the official guests by 1 January in the year of the Event.
It is each country's responsibility to advise the LOC of VIPs from within their own country attending
the WL World Championship Event.
7.2.3
Opening Ceremony
Every WL World Championship Event should include an Opening Ceremony. The Opening
Ceremony is the opportunity to welcome the teams who are competing and should include elements
of both local culture and the sport.
Speeches will be delivered as follows:
• LOC/Host Representative
• Oaths – See section 7.2.4
• WL President – Official Opening of Event
The Opening Ceremony may take place either the evening before the first match or on the first day
of competition. It is possible to hold matches before the Opening Ceremony if required by the
competition schedule and in agreement with WL; however, it is expected that the match following
the Opening Ceremony will include the Host Nation of the Event.
It should be noted that the welfare of Athletes is of upmost importance, and disruption to their
competition preparations should be kept to a minimum with shade, seating and/or other provisions
put in place as appropriate.
Seating should be reserved for the Official Party with ease of access to the location where
speeches and/or presentations are to be made.
The format of the Opening Ceremony and speeches will require approval by WL no later than three
(3)
months in advance of the Event. A running order with timings should be provided to WL no later
than twenty-one (21) days in advance of the Event. This should include:
• March on by Teams and Officials in uniform
• Raising/Display/Parade of country flags and WL Flag (LOC to be responsible for provision of all
flags)
• Host Nation Flag and Anthem
• Official Party
• Official Welcome
• Oaths by Athlete, Coach and Official
Note – there must be at least forty-five (45) minutes between the end of the Opening Ceremony
and the line- up of the teams for the opening match.
It is the responsibility of the LOC to:
• Liaise with WL on the format of the Opening Ceremony
• Advise those participating in the Opening Ceremony of the format
• Advise visiting dignitaries of speech requirements at least two (2) months prior to the Event
• Nominate an Athlete, Coach and Official to take their respective Oaths
• Advise exact code of uniform for Teams and Officials
• Prepare the running sheet
It is the responsibility of each competing country to:
• Attend the Opening Ceremony
• Abide by the uniform code as directed by the LOC.
7.2.4
Oaths
The WL Event Oaths for Athletes, Officials and Coaches for Men’s and Women’s competitions are
currently under review and will be updated and harmonized accordingly in consultation with relevant
personnel. The existing Event Oaths are located at Appendix 37.
7.2.5
Closing Ceremony
Every WL World Championship Event should include a Closing Ceremony. The Closing
Ceremony marks the conclusion of the Championship and is an essential protocol element. All
teams are expected to attend, and the Ceremony should include the following:
• Awarding of medals to Gold, Silver and Bronze Medal Winners
• Playing of National Anthem of winning country
• Presentation of Event Awards (see Section 7.3)
• Lowering of flags
• Handover of WL flag from Host Representative to next WL World Championship Event Host
• Closing speeches including farewell by Host Country
• Invitation to next WL World Championship Event by incoming Host Country Representative
(if awarded).
Note: It is the responsibility of World Lacrosse to have the Championship Trophy engraved.
Seating should be reserved for the Official Party, with ease of access to the location where
speeches and/or presentations are to be made.
The format of the Closing Ceremony and speeches will require approval by WL no later than three
(3) months in advance of the Event. A running order with timings should be provided to WL no later
than twenty-one (21) days in advance of the Event.
7.2.6
Functions and Events
Functions and Events provide an opportunity to bring the lacrosse family together at the Event in
celebration. A Welcome Reception is a pre-requisite of hosting a WL World Championship Event,
the cost of which sits with the LOC. Other opportunities for dinners and events are optional but
encouraged.
Welcome Reception. A Welcome Reception, including local elected dignitaries should take place
on either the day prior to competition, or following the Opening Ceremony if the latter takes place
on the first day of competition. Representatives of the LOC, World Lacrosse and the team
nominated delegations shall be required to attend. The format and location of this Welcome
Reception should be shared with WL no later than nine (9) months in advance of the Event. The
invitation list should be compiled by the LOC with input from WL.
It is the responsibility of the LOC to determine the style of the Welcome Reception and to advise
the countries of dress code for the event. Invitations should be sent to VIPs by the Organizing
Committee in conjunction with the WL DoE by 1 March in the year of the Event.
Host Dinner. WL encourages the LOC to host a dinner, which is another powerful promotional
opportunity. Attendees shall include:
• World Lacrosse Representatives
• Representatives of the LOC
• Representative/s of each participating team delegation (e.g., Head of delegation).
Closing Party. The LOC may choose to host a Closing Party following all Event and Award
Ceremonies. The event should be an informal, casual event, which sees the participation of all
team delegations (Athletes and Team Staff), as well as members of the LOC.
7.3 Medals and Awards
7.2.7
VIP Hospitality
The LOC are required to provide a hospitality space and refreshments for VIP Guests including,
but not limited to Sponsors, WL Board, LOC invited Guests and WL Guests. The hospitality space
should, where possible, be near the main Championship Field.
The LOC and WL will compile the attendance list for VIP hospitality six (6) months in advance of the
Event. Invitations will be sent from the LOC, which include access to a seat ticket in the stand on
the day of attendance.
7.3.1
Medals
The medals awarded at the conclusion of the Event will be provided and paid for by WL.
Individual medals, (Gold, Silver, and Bronze), will be presented to the teams placing first, second
and third in the Event. The registered Athletes and Team Staff, as recognized in the relevant Rule
Books, will each receive an Event medal. For logistical reasons, the WL Director of Events, and
the LOC Event Director, will be responsible for determining how many Team Staff will receive their
medal at the Closing Ceremony, and will advise Team Management accordingly.
World Lacrosse will be responsible for the design, production, and cost of the Event medals. WL
will consult with the LOC over the medal design at least nine (9) months prior to the Event. WL will
ensure that all medals are provided to the LOC Event Director in advance of the Event. WL will
keep a full set of medals for the WL archive, and will strike an additional medal for the NGB, and
the President of the NGB, of each medal team.
The LOC may, at its own discretion, present medallists with additional gifts, for example from
Sponsors.
Any additional engraving on the medals will be the responsibility of the individual team.
7.3.2
Championship Trophy
The Championship Trophy will be presented to the winning team of the Event at the conclusion of
the Closing Ceremony. The Championship Trophy will be delivered to the LOC by World Lacrosse
at least six (6) months prior to the Event.
WL will be responsible for providing insurance cover for the Event Trophies. The LOC will be
responsible for the appropriate safety, care, storage, transport, and maintenance of the relevant
trophy whilst in its care, and until the time of presentation to the winning team.
It is the responsibility of World Lacrosse to have the name and year engraved on the
Championship Trophy. A replica of the Championship Trophy may be cast by the winning country
for perpetuity. This will be at the cost of the winning country.
The names of the trophy for each discipline are listed below:
• Laurie Turnbull Shield (Men’s Field)
• Women’s Lacrosse Championship Trophy (Women’s Field)
• Tom Hayes Trophy (Men’s U20 Field)
• The Margaret Boyd Trophy (Women’s U20 Field)
• The Cockerton Cup (Men’s Box)
Additional trophies will be introduced, and named, for Women’s Box, Sixes, and any other new World
Events.
Trophies will be returned to WL on completion of the Closing Ceremony and kept at WL Headquarters
between Championships.
7.3.3
Other Event Awards – Men’s and Women’s Events
The awards listed below are presented at both Men’s and Women’s World Championship Events.
All awards in the next three sections will be awarded at the Closing Ceremony unless otherwise
specified.
Most Valuable Player of the Championship (MVP)
This is awarded to the most outstanding Athlete who is deemed to have made the most impact, in
the Championship, and whose contribution is seen as having been critical in the success of the
team.
WL shall work with the LOC to develop the process for identifying the Awards Panel at each
Event. The selectors shall be appointed by WL and the LOC, and they shall be required to submit
their votes, post-match, to the LOC Competition Manager (or their appointed deputy).
The voting period for the award shall commence in Round 1 of the Event and finish at the conclusion
of the final match.
The LOC shall obtain the award locally; the design shall be approved, and costs met, by WL.
World Team
A World Team shall be selected and recognized at the conclusion of the Event.
In the Men’s & Women’s Field disciplines this will be the best ten (10) Athletes respectively. In the
Men’s & Women’s Box and Sixes disciplines it will be the best six (6) Athletes respectively.
An Awards Panel shall be constituted for all World Events, and the composition finalized prior to
the commencement of the first match. Input shall be provided by the Team Coaches.
The LOC shall obtain the award locally; the design shall be approved, and costs met by WL.
Heart and Spirit of Lacrosse Awards
These awards are presented to a person from each team who has been most influential to the
team’s program and its success. The recipients are selected for this honor by their own team.
Recipients may have a) made an outstanding individual contribution to their Peer group; b) made
an excellent and professional contribution to the Event; c) made a difference to someone in the
group, or to the whole group, which has significantly enhanced their ability to participate in the Event.
The recipient may not necessarily be present at the Event.
The awards are also presented to an Official. In the men’s competition this is awarded in the name
of Graham Lester.
The awards shall be accompanied by a brief citation regarding the recipient. Presentation shall be
at a time agreed by the WL DoE and the LOC, preferably in front of the team’s supporters.
The LOC shall obtain the award locally; the design shall be approved, and costs met by WL.
7.3.4
Other Event Awards – Men’s Events Only
Positional Players
These are awarded to the four (4) most outstanding Positional Athletes named in the World Team
in Field competition. The same Awards Panel constituted for the World Team and MVP shall
select these four (4) Players.
The LOC shall obtain the award locally; the design shall be approved, and costs met, by WL.
President’s Team
In the Men’s Field and Box disciplines a President’s Team shall be selected and recognized at the
conclusion of the Event.
These will be the best ten (10) and six (6) players respectively (from outside of the Blue Division. An
Awards Panel shall be constituted and finalized prior to the first match commencement, with input
provided by the team Coaches.
The LOC shall obtain the award locally; the design shall be approved, and costs met, by WL.
7.3.5
Other Event Awards – Women’s Events Only
Wes Patterson Award
This is awarded in the Women’s Field discipline to an Athlete who embodies the ‘Spirit of the
Game’ who throughout the Championship has displayed the best qualities of sportsmanship both
on and off the FOP. This Athlete shall also have displayed a fairness and generosity of spirit, and
is one who has made a significant, unselfish, and courteous contribution to their team:
• The following may select one person for the award: a) each Country Squad: b) the Officiating
Team and c) the Organizing Committee.
• Presentation of the award shall be organized by the WL DoE, in liaison with the LOC.
Player of the Match
This award shall be presented to the best Athlete from each match, in the women’s disciplines,
who, in the eyes of the selectors, has made a positive and significant contribution to their team’s
performance by demonstrating excellent individual skills, team skills and good sportsmanship,
through hard work and fair play in the match. This Athlete may come from the winning or the
losing team. No Athlete receiving a red card shall be eligible for an award for that particular match.
WL shall work with the LOC to develop the process for identifying the Awards Panel at each
Event. The selectors shall be appointed by WL and the LOC.
The award shall be presented after the conclusion of each match, after the cool-down ten (10)
minutes has expired. A short bio of the Athlete/stats during the game shall be provided to the
Announcer.
The LOC shall obtain the award/event memento locally; the design shall be approved, and costs
met by WL.
7.3.6
Event Recognitions and Acknowledgments
Event Participation Certificates
WL shall have oversight for the design and cost of certificates and the LOC shall have the
responsibility to produce these locally. The certificates must include both the WL logo, the Event
logo, and official signatures by the WL President and the LOC Event Director.
These shall be presented to all team members, Officials, the LOC, and significant others. They
shall be awarded sometime during the Championship, prior to the final, at a time agreed by the
WL DoE, and the LOC.
Presentation to the Officials shall be at a time agreed by the WL DoE, and the WL Chair of Officiating.
Event Acknowledgments
WL shall be responsible for the design, cost, and production of any commemorative plaques to be
presented to significant Event Partners, e.g., the Host City, Host Member Country Government
and Naming Sponsor (if applicable).
There is no expectation that the participating Member Countries will provide the LOC with any
commemorative gift. This is at the discretion of the participating Member Countries.
Officials
All Officials will be presented with a World Event memento. This will be the responsibility of WL.
WL will also produce a small gift for the Officials appointed to the Gold Medal Match.
7.5 Legacy and Development
7.6 Event Impacts
The LOC have the right to hold a Festival of Lacrosse which coincides with the WL World
Championship Event. The Festival provides an additional opportunity to raise awareness of the
sport and sell tickets to watch the World Championship.
The LOC have the sole responsibility for the organization, cost, and delivery of the Festival;
however, WL may be able to offer support in terms of promotion. The operation of the Festival must
not adversely impact the WL World Championship Event.
To support the further development of the sport WL will require the provision of a ‘come and try’
area at the Event where visitors can experience lacrosse first-hand. The provision of this space
will be discussed between the LOC and the WL Development Director during the planning process
for the Event and will be dependent on available space and resources.
International sporting events have a significant impact on the community and environment in which
they take place. It is important that impacts are monitored to understand the economic impact on a
local area, and to mitigate against negative effects to the environment. WL requests that the
following measures are included within the planning for all WL World Championship Events.
7.6.1
Sustainability
WL’s Sustainability Agenda 2030 is aligned with the five focus areas of the IOC’s Sustainability
Strategy – Infrastructure and Natural Sites, Sourcing and Resource Management, Mobility,
Workforce and Climate.
Therefore, WL require that each World Championship Event provides a Sustainability Plan for the
Event, a summary of which should be provided as part of the bid process, which details what the
venue and LOC are doing in each of these areas. Examples of this are as follows:
1. Infrastructure and Natural Sites
a. What existing infrastructure is in use vs temporary infrastructure for Event?
b. Does the venue have an existing Sustainability Plan, and what is the venue doing
to improve sustainability?
c. How will the impact of the Event on natural sites at the venue be minimized?
d. What additional recycling initiatives will be required for the Event?
2. Sourcing and Resource Management
a. How will locally sourced materials be utilized?
b. What local volunteering opportunities will be provided?
7.4 Event Festival
3. Mobility
a. What will be done to reduce or offset the carbon footprint caused by the mass movement
of people coming to the Event?
b. What legacy/development plans will be in place to help support the development of the
sport locally and globally in the promotion of well-being objectives?
4. Workforce
a. How will skills of the workforce and local volunteers be developed?
b. Is there a Diversity and Inclusion Policy in place?
5. Climate
a. How can the Events help raise awareness of climate issues and the impact of the
Event on the climate and local environment?
WL requires that the LOC put in place appropriate policies and procedures aimed at
reducing/minimizing the environmental impact of the Event.
While acknowledging there are still great differences throughout the world regarding environmental
policies and separate waste collection, where local/national policies do exist in this area, WL expects
the LOC to separate waste collection for:
• Paper/cardboard
• Aluminium cans
• Glass
• PET (Polyethylene Terephthalate - polyester/plastic goods)
Additionally, the use of recyclable materials for serving food and beverages at all concession stands
is strongly recommended.
7.6.2
Impact Assessments
As part of the Post Event Report WL will require impact assessments/detail of the following areas:
• Economic impact
• Broadcast numbers
• Attendance
• Media coverage
• Commercial exposure
Acronyms
A&D
Arrivals and Departures
AV
Audio Visual
CD
Competition Director
CF
Continental Federation
CMO
Chief Medical Officer
DCS
Doping Control Station
DoE
Director of Events
EMO
Event Medical Officer
FIL/IFWLA/ILF
Previous names for WL
FOP
Field of Play
GA
General Assembly
ISPPI
International Standard for the Protection of Privacy and
Personal Information
LOC
Local Organizing Committee
NGB
National Governing Body
RHB
Rights Holder Broadcaster
TLO
Team Liaison Officer
TUE
Therapeutic Use Exemption
WADA
World Anti-Doping Association
WL
World Lacrosse
Definitions
Official Party
WL Board, WL Director of Events and Head of next LOC.
NGB Representatives
Person from NGB member nation whose primary purpose at the
event is attendance at the GA.
Dispensation Request
An exception to the Athlete Eligibility Criteria which may be
requested by a participating NGB to support their ability to
develop as a team at a World Lacrosse U20 Event which
requires approval from WL.
Appendix 1: Acronyms and Definitions
Appendix 2a-e: Previous World Championship Results
WORLD LACROSSE MEN’S WORLD CHAMPIONSHIP HISTORY
STATISTICAL TEAM RESULTS EVENT PLACEMENT INFORMATION DATA 1967 – 2018
(13 World Championships)
Member
Year of
Membership
1967
74
78
82
86
90
94
2002
06
10
14
18
Argentina
2002
28
36
29
Australia
1972
2
2
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
Austria
2005
21
28
24
Belgium
2010
27
30
Bermuda
2006
21
18
24
37
Canada
1974
3
3
1
3
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
2
China
2016
33
42
Chinese T
2014
41
Colombia
2013
37
45
Costa Rica
2008
38
Croatia
2016
43
Czech R
1992
10
15
13
14
26
Denmark
2003
16
26
34
England
1972
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
5
5
5
5
Finland
2002
9
12
13
15
France
2008
27
31
33*
Germany
1994
8
8
6
9
9
Greece
2017
19*
Hong Kong
2002
15
20
22
21
27
Hungary
2010
28
Ireland
2002
13
7
9
10
12
Iroquois
1988
5
5
4
4
3
3
Israel
2011
7
7
Italy
2004
10
19
18
16
Jamaica
2013
13
Japan
1990
6
5
6
4
8
6
Korea
2000
11
18
25
35
35
Latvia
2004
14
20
19
18
Luxembourg
2017
46
Mexico
2009
29
23
38
Netherlands
2001
12
8
16
22
New Zealand
2002
14
19
15
12
21
Norway
2008
24
25
17
Peru
2012
39
Philippines
2014
10
Poland
2008
14
20
32
Puerto Rico
2016
8
Russia
2011
32
36
Scotland
1972
7
11
7
6
11
Slovakia
2004
17
26
23
Spain
2004
17
16
30
31
Sweden
1994
9
10
11
25
Switzerland
2008
23
15
20
Thailand
2010
29
Turkey
2010
22
44
Uganda
2011
34
40
USA
1972
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
Wales
1972
12
13
11
17
14
Total
4
4
4
4
4
5
6
15
21
29
38
46
Appendix 2a-e: Previous World Championship Results
WORLD LACROSSE WOMEN’S WORLD CHAMPIONSHIP HISTORY
STATISTICAL TEAM RESULTS INFORMATION DATA 1982 – 2017
(10 World Cups*)
*Name change 2018 after 2017 World Cup to World Lacrosse Women’s Championship (effective 2022)
The 2021 World Lacrosse Women’s Championship was postponed to 2022 because of the
COVID-19 pandemic
Member
Year of
Membership
1982
86
89
93
97
2001
05
09
17
Australia
1972
2
1
3
3
2
2
1
2
4
Austria
2005
14
Belgium
2010
25
Canada
1974
3
4
4
4
5
4
4
3
2
China
2016
22
Colombia
2013
24
Czech R
1992
8
8
9
10
Denmark
2003
15
England
1972
5
5
2
2
3
3
3
4
3
Finland
2002
Germany
1994
8
9
10
14
Haudenosaunee
2006
11
12
Hong Kong
2002
18
Ireland
2002
5
13
Israel
2011
6
Italy
2004
11
Japan
1990
7
7
7
5
7
9
Korea
2000
16
15
Latvia
2004
17
Mexico
2009
20
New Zealand
2002
10
12
8
Netherlands
2001
13
16
Scotland
1972
4
3
5
5
6
6
7
8
5
Spain
2004
23
Sweden
1994
21
Switzerland
2008
19
USA
1972
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
Wales
1972
6
6
6
6
4
5
6
6
7
Total
6
6
6
8
7
8
10
16
25
Appendix 2a-e: Previous World Championship Results
WORLD LACROSSE MEN’S U20* WORLD CHAMPIONSHIP HISTORY
STATISTICAL TEAM RESULTS EVENT PLACEMENT INFORMATION DATA 1988 – 2016
(8 WORLD CHAMPIONSHIPS)
*Age change from U19 to U20 following GA 2020 membership agreement.
Note: The 2020 World Lacrosse Men’s U19 Championship was postponed to 2021 (U20),
and then to 2022 (U21) because of the COVID-19 pandemic
Member
Year of
Membership
1988
1992
1996
1999
2003
2008
2012
2016
Australia
1972
3
2
2
4
3
5
5
4
Bermuda
2006
10
10
Canada
1974
2
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
China
2016
9
Chinese Taipei
2014
14
Czech R
1992
6
England
1972
4
4
3
4
4
4
5
Finland
2002
12
12
Germany
1994
9
6
7
8
Hong Kong
2002
11
Ireland
2002
7
Iroquois
1988
5
4
5
5
3
3
3
Israel
2011
6
Japan
1990
6
5
6
6
7
Korea
2000
7
11
11
12
Mexico
2009
13
Netherlands
2001
Scotland
1972
8
8
10
USA
1972
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Wales
1972
8
9
9
Total
4
6
5
6
9
12
12
14
Appendix 2a-e: Previous World Championship Results
WORLD LACROSSE WOMEN’S U20* WORLD CHAMPIONSHIP HISTORY
STATISTICAL TEAM RESULTS EVENT PLACEMENT INFORMATION DATA 1995 – 2019
(7 WORLD CHAMPIONSHIPS)
*Age change from U19 to U20 following GA 2020 membership agreement.
Member
Year of
Membership
1995
1999
2003
2007
2011
2015
2019
Australia
1972
1
2
2
2
2
4
3
Austria
2005
Belgium
2010
22
Canada
1974
4
3
3
4
3
1
2
Chile
2017
China
2016
14
Chinese T
2014
20
Colombia
2013
12
Czech R
1992
9
9
10
13
Denmark
2003
England
1972
3
4
4
3
4
3
4
Finland
2002
11
Germany
1994
11
10
9
8
Haudenosaunee
2006
6
8
10
Hong Kong
2002
12
Ireland
2002
19
Israel
2011
14
17
Italy
2004
Jamaica
2013
21
Japan
1990
7
6
5
5
7
6
5
Kenya
2016
18
Korea
2000
13
16
Latvia
2004
Mexico
2009
15
Netherlands
2001
12
Norway
2008
New Zealand
2002
10
11
5
6
Puerto Rico
2016
9
Scotland
1972
5
7
7
7
6
8
11
Spain
2004
Sweden
1994
Switzerland
2008
Uganda
2011
USA
1972
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
Wales
1972
6
5
6
8
5
7
7
Total
7
7
7
11
12
14
22
Appendix 2a-e: Previous World Championship Results
Appendix 2a-e: Previous World Championship Results
WORLD LACROSSE MEN’S BOX* CHAMPIONSHIP HISTORY
STATISTICAL TEAM RESULTS EVENT PLACEMENT INFORMATION DATA 2003 – 2019
(5 WORLD CHAMPIONSHIPS)
*Formerly Indoor - Name change to World Lacrosse Men’s Box Championship following 2019
World Lacrosse Men’s Indoor Championship
Member
Year of
Membership
2003
2007
2011
2015
2019
Australia
1972
5
6
6
8
9
Austria
2005
14
Canada
1974
1
1
1
1
1
Costa Rica
2008
20
Czech R
1992
6
7
4
7
7
England
1972
4
5
5
4
Finland
2002
9
6
Germany
1994
11
10
Hong Kong
2002
18
Ireland
2002
8
7
6
11
Iroquois
1988
2
2
2
2
2
Israel
2011
4
5
Mexico
2009
19
Netherlands
2001
8
Scotland
1972
4
5
16
Serbia
2010
12
12
Slovakia
2004
8
13
Sweden
1994
15
Switzerland
2008
13
17
Turkey
2010
10
USA
1972
3
3
3
3
3
Total
6
8
8
13
20
Roles and Responsibilities – Competition Director (WL Board Member) and Director of
Events (WL Staff) -
This section defines the roles and responsibilities of the existing WL Board Director, with a
responsibility for Competitions, and the WL DoE. It is fundamental to define these roles moving
forward to avoid duplication of work and to create clarity in decision making.
The overall purpose of both roles is to ensure that WL Events are delivered to the highest possible
standard, and that the Event and Competition Workstream is developed in line with the overall WL
Organizational Strategy.
These roles and responsibilities will be shared with future Event Hosts to ensure that the WL
organizational structure aligns with the delivery structure of the LOC.
Competition Director (Board Member) - CD
The responsibilities of the Competition Director are defined as follows:
• Determine the qualification criteria/process and event seeding for World Events and
Continental Qualifiers
• Ensure that the sport competition is run within the technical rules of WL and other
International Multi-Sport Competition Regulations as appropriate
• Approve the final version of the Competition Schedule for each WL World Championship
event
• Sign off the Field of Play (FOP) at all WL World Championship Events ensuring that all FOPs
adhere to the rules and regulations of the sport
• Act as the point of escalation for appeals and disputes within the Sport Competition
• Approve the provision of Technical Officials for the competition
• Manage the eligibility process and entry criteria for all World Lacrosse World Championship
events
• Ensure competition by-laws, rules, regulations, and policies are current and harmonized
where possible
• Provide support to the LOC to ensure delivery of a quality competition
• Act as WL Liaison for Lifetime Award Honorees at World Events
• Oversee the sport protocol elements of competition, ceremonies, and associated events.
WL Director of Events (Staff Member) - DoE
The responsibilities of the WL Director of Events are defined as follows:
• Oversee all governance requirements for World Events including, but not limited to structure,
event budgets, milestone planning, risk management and operational readiness
• Oversee delivery of all event operations for WL World Championship Events including but
not limited to: Accreditation, Accommodation, Volunteers, Venue and Facilities, Transport,
Sport Equipment, Broadcast Production, Media Operations, Awards and Prizes,
Ceremonies, Training, Logistics, Technology, Safety and Security, and VIP Hospitality
Appendix 3: Competition Director and Director of Events Responsibilities
• Support the LOC on management of sport entries and team liaison, overseeing the data entry
collection for registration with all teams
• Work with the LOC to ensure an appropriate organizational structure is in place within the
organizing committee, and support the LOC on their processes for the recruitment of
volunteers as appropriate
• Work with the WL Chief Brand and Communications Officer on commercial/promotional
elements including but not limited to merchandise, sponsorship, promotion, broadcast and
rights delivery
• Administer final approval of sport equipment and management of uniform compliance for
competing teams
• Support the WL CD with the data entry collection for registration of all teams
• Work with the LOC and other key personnel on the development of the Competition Schedule
• Manage all WL deliverables outside of the competition as detailed in the Hosting Agreement
• Work with the WL main office to ensure all invoicing is conducted in an accurate and timely
manner
• Support the LOC and work with the WL Chief Brand and Communications Officer on the
marketing and promotion of all WL World Championship Events
• Work with the WL Technical Team to ensure requirements for Medical and Anti-Doping are
met
• Work with the WL Technical Team to coordinate the requirements for Officials attending the event
• Research, and implement where appropriate, best practices for improving event operations
at future WL World Championship Events
• Support the LOC where appropriate on the provision of the Event Festival
• Liaise with the LOC and the WL CD to ensure provision of technology meets the requirements
of both the sport competition and event management including Timing, Scoring, Results,
and Statistics
• Work with the WL Development Director to ensure that events provide development
opportunities for team education and to increase awareness of the sport
• Work with the LOC to ensure sport specific protocols are in place inc. national anthems,
flags etc.,
• Approve proposals for the Opening Ceremony, Medal/Closing Ceremony and Event
Presentation
• In conjunction with the Technical Team, confirm the sport equipment required for the
competition and training venues
• Maintain and continually improve the WL Event Manual for world events
• Support CFs in the management of qualification events (and liaise with teams re:
qualification)
• Manage the Bid selection process from intention to Bid, through to award
• Manage the international event calendar.
• Ensure clear lines of communication are kept open with the Host/LOC, participants, and the WL
Board, through the production of newsletters sent to all relevant parties.
CD and DoE:
• Competition Meetings at events – coordinate and lead
WL Event Support (Formerly Event Leads)
• Support the CD on the management of entries and team registrations
• Competitions administrative support at event
• Competitions administrative support at event
• Support on collation of bio information for event program
• Oversight of technical tables at event.
113
Appendix 4: Organizational Structure
Purpose: To summarize the key planning milestones and responsibilities from the point at which
Host Country is appointed. These milestones must be monitored regularly by the WL DoE and
LOC Event Director. A report will be expected on progress against these milestones at the annual
WL first quarter Board meeting.
Activity
Responsibility
Deadline
24-36 months prior to event
Award Hosting Rights to Host
WL
3 years prior
Confirm event dates to WL
LOC
3 years prior
Appointment of LOC Event Director
LOC
3 years prior
Signature of Hosting Contract
LOC and WL
33-36 months prior
Review bid budget and submit
updates to WL
LOC
30 months prior
Organizational structure for event
confirmed
LOC
24-30 months prior
Confirmation of signature
agreement between host and venue
LOC
24-30 months prior
18-24 months prior to event
High level Marketing Plan inc.
proposed ticket and festival on-sale
dates
LOC
24 months prior
High level Sponsorship
Plan provided to WL
LOC
24 months prior
Breakdown of available assets
confirmed between the parties
LOC & WL
18-24 months prior
Planning update provided to WL
Board
LOC
First-quarter Board meeting
approx. 18 months prior to
event
Event website in place
LOC
18-24 months prior
All CF qualification events complete
CFs/Teams
18 months prior
Confirmation of event
cancelation/liability insurance to
WL
LOC
18 months prior
Update to WL Board Meeting
– first quarter
LOC
18 months prior
Ticketing strategy shared with WL
LOC
18 months prior
Submit accommodation pricing info
to WL
LOC
18 months prior
Official invitations sent to teams
WL
18 months prior
12-18 months prior to event
Festival overview provided to WL
LOC
12-18 months prior
Accommodation info submitted to
teams
LOC
16 months prior
Confirmation of Host Broadcast
Provider
LOC
15 months prior
Appendix 5: Key Planning Milestones and Responsibilities
Response to invitation required
from teams
Teams
2 months after invite sent
(approx. 15 months prior to
event).
Payment of 50% Registration Fee
Teams
June 30 in year prior to event
Update to General Assembly
LOC
12 months prior
Security and Accreditation
high level Plan provided to WL
LOC
12 months prior
Detailed venue and FOP layout
provided
LOC
12 months prior
Draft Broadcast Production
Plan provided
LOC
12 months prior
Full budget review with WL
LOC
12 months prior
Notify WL and Teams of any
insurance requirements for persons
entering host country
LOC
12 months prior
Recruitment of Media Officer
LOC
12 months prior
Volunteer recruitment commences
LOC
12 months prior
Finalize GA dates with WL
LOC
12 months prior
Event patch provided to teams
WL
12 months prior
Payment of 50% Registration Fee
Teams
December 31, in year prior to
event
6-12 months prior to event
Draft competition schedule
proposed
WL
12 months prior
Broadcast Production Plan provided
LOC
6-12 months prior
Accreditation procedures advised to
client groups
LOC
6-12 months prior
Tickets on sale for event
LOC
6-12 months prior
Event Branding Plan
LOC
6-12 months prior
Confirmation of transport provider
LOC
6-12 months prior
Draft competition schedule shared
with LOC and Teams
WL
9 months prior
EMO and WL CMO commence
operational planning
LOC and WL CMO
9 months prior
Confirmation of TSR provider
LOC
9 months prior
Accreditation access privileges
agreed with WL
LOC
9 months prior
WL provide provisional list of
representatives requiring
accommodation
WL
9 months prior
Format and location of welcome
reception agreed with WL
LOC
9 months prior
Consult with LOC on medal design
LOC
9 months prior
Planning update provided to WL
Board
LOC
First quarter Board meeting
approx. 6 months prior to
event
Camera Plan layout provided to WL
LOC
6 months prior
WL finalize sponsorship
requirements with LOC
WL/LOC
6 months prior
Information for program
requested from client groups
LOC
6 months prior
Event Branding Plan provided to WL
LOC
6 months prior
Registration User Guide sent
to Team Managers
WL
6 months prior
Advise type and color of balls to
teams
LOC
6 months prior
Provision of Event Medical Plan to
CMO
LOC
6 months prior
Accreditation procedures shared
with WL
LOC
6 months prior
WL access pass requirements
agreed
LOC/WL
6 months prior
Trophy delivered to LOC
WL
6 months prior
Crisis Comms Plan confirmed
LOC/WL
6 months prior
VIP invite list compiled
LOC/WL
6 months prior
Deadline for teams requesting visa
support letters
Teams
6 months prior
Confirmation of venue compliance
to accessibility standards
LOC
6 months prior
Overview of Ceremonies and Event
Presentation provided
LOC
6 months prior
Event Officials confirmed by WL
WL – Technical
Team
Tbc
3-6 months prior to event
Accreditation portal open
LOC
3-6 months prior
Event info distributed to media
LOC
3-6 months prior
WL to confirm event
accommodation requirements
WL
3-6 months prior
WL to confirm requirements for pre-
event meetings
WL
3-6 months prior
Merchandise Plan agreed
between LOC and WL
LOC/WL
3-6 months prior
Notification to Teams of training
facilities and schedule
LOC
4 months prior
Deadline for confirmation of
information in registration system
Teams/WL
4 months prior
Facilities Schedule provided
to teams
LOC
4 months prior
Broadcast Production Plan finalized
LOC
3 months prior
Confirmation of space required for
team merchandise
Team/LOC
3 months prior
Complimentary ticket allocation
sent to WL
LOC
3 months prior
Deadline for team information for
program
Teams
3 months prior
Confirm training preferences to
LOC
Teams
3 months prior
Team confirmation of flight
arrivals & departures (inc. visas)
to LOC
Teams
3 months prior
Confirmation of Anti-Doping
provision to meet WL requirements
LOC
3 months prior
Confirm Drug Testing taking place
at event to LOC
WL
3 months prior
Final confirmation of WL
accommodation requirements
WL/LOC
3 months prior
Event medals procured
WL
3 months prior
Opening Ceremony speech
requirements confirmed
LOC
3 months prior
Invitations to be extended
to VIPs if a Welcome
Reception
LOC & DoE
3 months prior
Team numbers and colors
submitted to WL
Teams
3 months prior
Team uniform layouts submitted to
WL
Teams
3 months prior
Submission of Event Risk
Assessment, Emergency Plan and
Contingency Plans to WL
LOC
3 months prior
0-3 months prior to event
Operational Readiness Exercises
undertaken
LOC
2-3 months prior
Deadline for submission of TUE
forms
Teams
2 months prior
Confirm practice schedule to teams
LOC
2 months prior
Event medals delivered to LOC
WL
2 months prior
Member Nations confirm
attendance at GA
Teams/Members
30 days prior
Finalized ceremonies running order
sent to WL
LOC
21 days prior
EVENT
0-3 months post event
Finalize equalization costs across
teams
LOC
1-month post
Any damage reported to WL
LOC
4-weeks post
3-6 months post event
Final report submitted to WL
LOC
4 months post
Audited accounts provided to WL
LOC
6 months post
118
Appendix 6: Risk Management Template (Example)
119
World Lacrosse World Championship Events – Post Event Report Template
1. Overview
As detailed in the World Lacrosse Event Hosting and Competition Manual no later than
ninety (90) days following the Event, the LOC shall provide World Lacrosse a final
report, which should include the following:
• A compilation of all supporting documents and forms used in the preparation and
conduct of the Event, including video, photo, and print materials
• A timeline for each area of responsibility reflecting the planning schedule and risk
management overview
• Recommendations for the future conduct of the Event.
All financial reconciliation is required no later than six (6) months following the completion
of the Event as detailed in the Hosting Agreement between the parties.
This document provides a template for the provision of information from the LOC to WL.
2. Documentation Provision
The following documentation should be provided as part of the post Event report:
Final Event Plans / Documents
Check Box
Event Organisational Structure
- Delivery staffing structure (define staff, contractors and
volunteer roles)
- An outline of the committees that assisted with the local
organization, including responsibilities, protocol and other
information
□
Venue / Site Diagrams
□
All Event Operational Plan(s)*
□
Appendix 7: Post Event Report Template
120
- Competition / Sport
- Volunteer
- Transport
- Accommodation
- Safety / Security
- Venue
- Medal Ceremonies
- Logistics
- Media Operations / Broadcast
- Technology
- Marketing Plan
- Spectator Engagement / Experience Plan
- * It is accepted that Functional Area Plans may be included in one Event
Operational Master Plan
External Facing Guides / Brochures (pdf)
- Team Guide
- Volunteer Guide
- Media Guide
- VIP Guide
□
Post Event Reports / Data
Results (weblink accepted)
□
Final Budget
*Audited Event Budget must be provided within 26 weeks of
the completion of the Event
□
Marketing Report
- Spectator Attendance and Ticket Sales
- Print / Radio Reach
- Domestic and International Broadcast – Coverage and Reach
- Advertising Campaigns
- Social Media
- Online
□
Commercial Report
- Sponsorship report
- Branding Plan/look and feel overview
- Merchandise report
□
Development / Legacy Programs
- Economic impact findings
- Sports Development or Participation Initiatives
□
121
Milestone and Risk Management Reporting
- Provision of Event Project Plan with narrative on milestone concerns during
planning
- Overview of top-level risks and mitigations
3. Recommendations for the future conduct of the Event
The final part of this report should list any issues that arose during the planning and
delivery of the Event and mitigation strategies to overcome such challenges. This
should then be followed by recommendations for how future events could be improved.
Recommendations should be listed under the following areas as per the order listed in
the WL Event Hosting and Competition Manual:
1. Governance and Finance
2. Rights Allocation and Licensing (Commercial)
3. Marketing and Promotion
4. Sport Competition
5. Event and Venue Operations
6. Wider Event Considerations
7. Any additional information
4. Receipt of Report
Once received the report will be reviewed by the DoE and CD with recommendations
made to the WL Board. The DoE will then report back to the LOC regarding the
subsequent agreed actions.
122
Benefits
Examples of Rights - Note depends on what LOC provide at Event
Designation
Title Sponsor
Title 'Supported by'
Title 'Official Supplier'
Official Partner Status
Event Composite Logo
Partner Lock-Up Mark
Right to use Event Logo
Most Valuable Player of the tournament award
Detail Category if applicable
Branding
Partner Bar on all comms
Accreditation Passes
Ball Team
City Branding
Crowd Perimeter Branding - Event Scrim
Event look - Proposed Venue Branding
Event look - additional Venue Branding
Event stationery and results provision
Event/Volunteer Staff Uniforms
Field Logos
Field Static Branding
Hand towels
Interview Backdrop - Press Conference and Mixed Zone
Logo on sponsors page in program
Match Bench chairs
Match Bench Officials’ clothing
Match Bench/Event tablecloths
Media Centre
Media Desk
Official Ball
Player Entrance Archway
Podium
Presentation Backdrop/Front Board
Tickets
Trophy and medal ribbons
Trophy plinth
Officials’ Uniform
Venue screens
VIP Area
Venue Steps
Appendix 8: Commercial Matrix (Example)
123
Water bottles
Tickets and
Hospitality
Title Sponsor of Hospitality Area
Hospitality (per session)
Seat tickets
VIP Box
Additional purchase of hospitality and tickets (subject to availability)
IP, Imagery and
Footage
Access to imagery during and post event
Access to highlights package post event
Social/Digital
Website - Hyperlink to partners website on home page
Shared sponsors page on website
MPU, Banner & leader board adverts with click through
Social Media Branded Content- - Facebook, Twitter, Snapchat, Instagram
YouTube
Website/Mobile Banner advertising
Website/Mobile MPU advertising
Video content packages
Page takeover branded promotions
App
Media
Announcement of Sponsorship
Logo on Media Releases
Press Release
Sports
Presentation
Big screen - adverts (content provided by sponsor_
Named activities within Sports Presentation (activity dependent)
Scripted announcements
Event
Programme
Back Page of Program
Logo on front or back page of program
Page in Program
Opening Ceremony
Welcome Dinner
Closing Ceremony/Medal Presenter/MVP Presentation
Activations
Ball delivery
Team Meet and Greet/Q&A at event
Giveaways to Fans/sampling
Giveaways to Teams
Schools Promotion
Player appearances
Sampling (venue permitting)
Signed merchandise
Host competitions
124
The following provides a brief overview of the WL Brand Communication and Behaviour Guide,
which was created in 2019, when the Federation was re-branded from the Federation of
International Lacrosse (FIL) to World Lacrosse (WL).
It includes an aspirational view of WL’s future. This Guide serves as a resource to all who band
together to develop the sport of lacrosse around the globe and how World Lacrosse presents
themselves to the world it serves.
It is therefore essential that that one of WL’s most valuable assets— its Brand—is presented
consistently across all media, without being compromised, and is instantly recognizable to its
worldwide audience.
We all have a responsibility to properly promote the values and vision of WL, and this is true
every time we communicate with each other or with the public.
This Brand Guide is available on the website under separate cover.
Appendix 9: Brand Guidelines
125
Appendix 9a: Uniform WL Patch
The WL logo is the most common visual presentation of the World Lacrosse Brand.
The shape of the logo represents a handmade wooden lacrosse stick which pays tribute to the
sport’s rich heritage. The globe in the center is angled at the actual position of the earth,
and is representative of the sports’ global appeal, which hints at unchartered territory and
opportunity for growth.
The colors represent those associated with lacrosse throughout the world, with blue being the
main color, offering instant recognition as part of the WL Brand.
With the most visible representation of our sport being the World Championships, the wearing
of a WL Event Patch on uniforms, depicting the WL logo, the name of the event, the location, and
the year, allows for promotional opportunities and wide-spread visibility.
Below is an example of this patch, which was designed for the 2022 World Lacrosse Women’s
World Championship, in Maryland, USA. The location of this patch on the WL uniform is detailed in
the Team Uniform Policy, located at Appendix 25.
126
Competition Structure Overview
Lead Program Area
Sport Competition
Author
Fiona Clark, Competition Director
Lindsay Impett, Director of Events
Date
September 1, 2020
Amendments (Delete as appropriate)
Date and Amend
Overview
At the 2021 General Assembly the Blue Skies Working Group presented a revised Competition
Structure which was reviewed, and approved, by membership, with the key agreed change
being the future elimination of the Blue Division. This appendix will be updated with a revised format.
The WL Championship Structure currently in existence, however, includes the Blue
Division, as detailed in this appendix.
Formulation of the Competition Structure
The WL Director of Events will work with the LOC, and other key personnel, on the
development of the Competition Schedule, which will be approved by the WL Competition
Director.
The existing schedule is based on the format of having a “seeded” top division, known as the
Blue Division, comprising the top five (5) or six (6) teams from the previous World Event.
The schedule shall consist of pool play, on a snaked seeding basis, reflecting performance
at the previous World Event, and if a qualifying event, their final position in the Continental
Federation Championship. Other factors may be taken into consideration, and adjustments
may be made for geographic diversity, at the discretion of the Director of Events and the
Competition Director.
To compete in senior field, or box championships, members must be in Full Membership at
a date agreed by World Lacrosse for each World Championship. This may vary
depending on the dates of the CF Qualifying Events. This does not apply to U20 Men’s
and Women’s Championships.
In the under-age Championships over-age dispensations are currently permitted. Those
members with approved age dispensations will not be permitted to proceed to the medal
rounds. This may result in teams with over age dispensations moving straight to the non-
Appendix 10: Competition Structure Overview
127
championship bracket following pool play, as determined by the DoE and CD, pending the
number of teams with dispensations.
Points for Games & Final Positions in Men’s & Women’s Competitions
The winner of each game will be awarded one (1) point and the loser no points (0). Games
must be played to a conclusive result. There shall be no tied games.
In the Championship bracket the two (2) teams which lose the semi- final games shall play a
consolation final to determine the third position bronze-medal winner.
The two (2) teams which win the semi-final shall progress to the final to determine the second
silver-medal position, and the first gold-medal position.
All teams play throughout the event to positional finals to determine their event ranking
position.
Men’s Competition:
In the event of two or more teams finishing with equal points in pool play positions will be
determined by the following procedure:
a) the win record considering those games in which the teams on
equal points have competed against each other.
If not conclusive then:
b) by the “goal difference” considering those games in which the teams on
equal points have competed against each other.
If not conclusive then:
c) the decider will be the “fewest goals conceded” considering the
games between the tied teams.
If not conclusive then:
d) the decider, between the tied teams, will be the “goal difference”
considering all the games in the Pool rounds.
If not conclusive then:
e) the decider, between the tied teams will be the “fewest goals
conceded” considering all the games in the Pool rounds.
In the event of e) being inconclusive an Event Panel will be appointed to determine an outcome.
For the existing Men’s Box Championship, the successive steps are:
Least match penalties
Least misconducts
Least major penalties then least minors then least technical.
128
Women’s Competition:
As per the Women’s Rule Book: Appendix B: Tournament Rules:
In the event of two or more teams finishing with equal points in pool play positions will be
determined by the following procedure:
The Goal Differential Formula will be applied:
Goals For – Goals Against
In the formula, the scores of all the games in the Pool Play of the tied teams are used.
The maximum difference in scores allowed per team will be 12, which is achieved by
reducing “Goals for”.
Actual scores are used except those matches where the goal difference exceeds 12.
In these cases, the goal difference is reduced to 12.
For example, a score of 15 – 1 will be reduced to 13 – 1 before applying the goal formula.
129
Appendix 11: Pre-Match Schedule Protocols
Pre-Match Schedule Protocols
Lead Program Area
Competition
Author
Fiona Clark
Date
July 2020
Amendments
Date and Amend
Count-down
clock prior to
start of game
Women’s Pre-Match Schedule
35
minutes
prior
Clock will start counting down and Teams and Officials must be on
the field to complete match preparation. Scorers, timers, and
technical delegates report to the score table. When looking at the
field from the team benches,
the higher seeded team or home team will sit to the right of the score
table.
20
minutes
prior
Completed team rosters must be submitted to the scorers.
15
minutes
prior
Ball persons must report to the score table for instructions.
10
minutes
prior
Teams will report to their bench areas for immediate Crosse check.
Immediately following Crosse check, teams line up for player/team
introductions, playing of respective national anthems (away team
first, home team second), and exchange of pins.
Immediately following last anthem, home team last staff member, will
lead home team to line up opposite away team members as stated
above. All but captains, will return to bench after the anthem.
Team captains will remain in the center and meet with the umpires to
toss a coin for choice of defensive ends.
2 minutes
prior
Teams are guaranteed two (2) minutes immediately following the coin
toss, before the game begins. (Clock stops at 2 minutes if captains
have not
returned from umpires meeting).
0 minutes
Teams will be ready for the center draw when clock hits 0.
Timer will immediately set game clock to 15:00 and game will begin.
130
Count-down
clock prior to
start of game
Men’s Pre-Match Schedule
Maximum
60
minutes
Warm up time permitted on FOP prior to game commencement if
field available. This may be reduced to a maximum of 45 minutes. A
team shall warm up in the half of the playing field that is nearer to its
own bench area.
45 minutes
to 5 minutes
Includes warm-up practice, introductions to teams with line-ups,
anthems. There shall be no pre-game stick-checks or equipment-
checks.
5
minutes
The game officials shall call together the captains of each team at the
center of the field. The head referee shall toss a coin to determine
choice of goal to defend: the visiting captain shall call the toss.
At this time, any special ground rules shall be explained.
The game Officials shall draw up the starting line-ups in lines facing
each other at the center of the field, with their left sides towards the
goal they are defending.
0
minutes
Teams will be ready for the center face-off when clock hits 0.
Timer will immediately set game clock to 15:00 and game will begin.
131
Appendix 12: Post-Match Schedule Protocols
Post-Match Schedule Protocols
Lead Program Area
Competition
Author
Fiona Clark
Date
July 2020
Amendments
Date and Amend
Count-
down clock
after
end of game
Women’s Post-Match Schedule
End of
game
The horn/whistle shall sound the end of the game.
10
Minutes
post
Team cool-down period on the game field and in the team bench areas
starts at the sound of the horn/whistle.
During this time Media are not allowed on the game field for
interviews with players or coaches.
0 minutes
Teams must remove all belongings from the team bench areas,
leave the field, and go to the designated area for Player of the Match
presentations and be ready for the presentation when the clock
reaches 0.
Interviews with the Media will take place in the designated Media Area
and will meet scheduled players and/staff representatives for
interviews at designated area immediately following the Player of the
Match presentation.
132
Count-
down clock
after
end of game
Men’s Post-Match Schedule
End of
game
The horn/whistle shall sound the end of the game
10
minutes
post
Team cool-down period on the game field and in the team bench areas
starts at the sound of the horn/whistle. During this time Media are not
allowed on the game field for interviews with players or coaches.
0 minutes
Teams must remove all belongings from the team bench areas, leave
the field, and go to the designated area for Gift Exchange (at the end of
each first group of pool games), and Player of the Match presentations
(if applicable), and be ready for the presentation when the clock
reaches 0.
Interviews with the Media will take place in the designated Media Area
and will meet scheduled players and/staff representatives for
interviews at designated area immediately following the above
procedures where applicable.
133
Delay, Postponement, Cancelation Protocol Guidelines
Lead Program Area
Competition
Author
Lindsay Impett, Director of Events
Date
October 1, 2020
Amendments
Date and Amend
DESCRIPTION
Through the event planning process, the LOC should have identified a number of
scenarios that may occur during the delivery of the event which may result in a match,
session, day or whole event to be delayed, postponed or canceled. These take the form
of contingency plans which detail the steps to be taken before a decision is made to
delay, postpone, or cancel.
The Delay, Postponement, Cancelation Protocol Guidelines (DPC) detail the steps
which are taken in deciding if one of these courses of action is required and the resulting
action to ensure the impact on the overall event is minimized.
IMPLEMENTATION
The priority of a LOC is to ensure, wherever possible, that the competition is concluded
within the given timeframe of the event, providing that this at no point compromises the
safety of those attending or involved.
For clarity, the definitions of delay, postponement and cancelation are included below:
Delay - A match/session is considered delayed if it does not start at the scheduled start
time or is interrupted after the scheduled start.
Postponement - A match/session is considered postponed when it cannot be
completed within the scheduled session (or an extended session) and is rescheduled to
another session on the same day or another day.
Cancelation - A match/session is considered canceled when it cannot be completed
within the scheduled session (or an extended session) and is not possible to be
rescheduled.
The LOC is responsible for writing the protocol which details how the event will respond
Appendix 13: Delay, Postponement, Cancelation Protocol Guidelines
134
should a delay, postponement or cancelation be required. The steps for writing this protocol
are as follows:
1. Identify the scenarios when a delay, postponement of cancelation may be required.
2. Identify contingency time available within the schedule where delayed or
postponed matches may be played.
3. Identify the hierarchy and communication channels for decision making
and the cascading of information within the LOC.
4. Identify the stakeholders, what they need to know and when in the process. For
example, changes to the competition schedule and how this will impact the teams.
5. Identify the persons involved and what role they play. For example, what is the
role of the ticketing manager if a game is postponed to a later day/time?
6. Identify alternative venues in advance should the competition venue not be
available i.e., can matches be played on training fields?
7. Identify any scenarios where it may not be possible to delay or postpone i.e., at
the end of the Group Phase of play.
8. Work with the Marketing and Communications team to ensure all messaging to
stakeholders including the public, is informed, and joined up to avoid mixed
messaging.
The DPC Protocol should be written by the LOC at least three (3) months in advance of the
event and provided to WL for approval.
Appendix 14: Athlete Code of Conduct
135
Athlete Code of Conduct
General Statement:
This Code of Conduct is for all athletes representing a World Lacrosse (WL) member
country
at a WL event. Any violations of this Code may result in suspension and dismissal from the
involved country’s lacrosse team, and the WL event, as per the Event Disciplinary and
Appeals Policy.
To follow are the WL Responsibilities and Expectations, and the WL Rules, which need to be
strictly followed by all when representing their country in a WL event.
Responsibilities and Expectations: I agree to:-
1. Represent WL, my country, and my teammates in a positive manner at all times.
2. Conduct myself in a manner consistent with the values of World Lacrosse, which include
teamwork, integrity, inclusiveness, and mutual respect.
3. Adhere to the rules and regulations governing World Lacrosse events and activities.
Rules: I understand:
4. WL prohibits possession and /or drinking of alcoholic beverages by any team member who is
under the legal drinking age.
5. Use of illegal drugs and non-doctor prescribed prescription drugs is prohibited.
6. WL prohibits possession and or drinking of alcoholic beverages by any team member in
uniform, regardless of age, before, during or after a contest to include exhibitions and clinic
demonstrations.
7. Excessive use of alcohol by any team member of any age which results in bringing discredit to
WL and the country involved is unacceptable.
8. Use of alcohol in violation of the rules of the institution which is providing housing for team(s) is
prohibited.
9. Violation of curfews and rules established by the institution which is providing housing for
team(s) is prohibited.
10. Any legal problems outside of lacrosse which bring discredit to WL and the country represented
is unacceptable.
I have read the above World Lacrosse Athlete Code of Conduct and I understand
it is my responsibility to conduct myself in an appropriate manner.
World Event: ________________________________________________________________
Athlete’s Name:
Athlete’s Signature:
Athlete’s Parent/Guardian Signature (for U18):
Country Represented:
Date:
136
As a member of [National Federation] and/or a participant in an event authorized or
recognized by [National Federation], I hereby declare as follows:
1. I acknowledge that I am bound by, and confirm that I shall comply with, all the
provisions of the [IF or MEO] Anti-Doping Rules (as amended from time to time), the
World Anti-Doping Code (the “Code”) and the International Standards issued by the
World Anti-Doping Agency (“WADA”), as amended from time to time, and published
on WADA’s website.
2. I acknowledge the authority of [IF or MEO] [and its member National Federations
and/or National Anti-Doping Organizations] under the [IF or MEO] Anti-Doping Rules
to enforce, to manage results under, and to impose sanctions in accordance with the
[IF or MEO] Anti- Doping Rules.
3. I acknowledge and agree that any dispute arising out of a decision made pursuant to
the [IF or MEO] Anti-Doping Rules, after exhaustion of the process expressly
provided for in the [IF or MEO] Anti-Doping Rules, may be appealed exclusively as
provided in Article [13] of the [IF or MEO] Anti-Doping Rules to an appellate body,
which in the case of International-Level Athletes is the Court of Arbitration for Sport
(CAS).
4. I acknowledge and agree that the decisions of the appellate body referenced above
shall be final and enforceable, and that I will not bring any claim, arbitration, lawsuit
or litigation in any other court or tribunal.
5. I understand that:
a. my data, such as my name, contact information, birthdate, gender, sport
nationality, voluntary medical information, and information derived from my
testing sample will be collected and used by [IF or MEO] [and its member
National Federations and/or National Anti-Doping Organizations] and WADA for
anti-doping purposes;
b. WADA-accredited laboratories will use the anti-doping administration and
management system (“ADAMS”) to process my laboratory test results for the sole
purpose of anti- doping, but shall only have access to de-identified, key-coded
data that will not disclose my identity;
c. I may have certain rights in relation to my Doping Control-related data under
applicable laws and under WADA’s International Standard for the Protection of
Privacy and Personal Information (ISPPPI), including rights to access,
rectification, restriction, opposition and deletion, and remedies with respect to any
unlawful processing of my data, and I may also have a right to lodge a complaint
with a national regulator responsible for data protection in my country;
d. if I object to the processing of my Doping Control-related data or withdraw my
137
consent, it still may be necessary for my [IF/MEO] [and its member National
Federations and/or National Anti-Doping Organizations] and/or WADA to
continue to process (including retain) certain parts of my Doping Control-related
data to fulfill obligations and responsibilities arising under the Code, International
Standards or national anti-doping laws notwithstanding my request; including
for the purpose of investigations or proceedings related to a possible anti-doping
rule violations; or to establish, exercise
or defend against legal claims involving me, WADA and/or an Anti-Doping Organization.
e. preventing the processing, including disclosure, of my Doping Control-related
data may prevent me, WADA or Anti-Doping Organizations from complying with
the Code and relevant WADA International Standards, which could have
consequences for me, such as an anti-doping rule violation, under the Code;
f. to the extent that I have any concerns about the processing of my Doping
Control-related data I may consult with the [IF or MEO] and/or WADA
([email protected]), as appropriate.
6. I understand and agree to the possible creation of my profile in ADAMS, which is
hosted by WADA on servers based in Canada, and/or any other authorized National
Anti-Doping Organization’s similar system for the sharing of information, and to the
entry of my Doping Control, whereabouts, Therapeutic Use Exemptions, Athlete
Biological Passport, and sanction-related data in such systems for the purposes of
anti-doping and as described above. I understand that if I am found to have
committed an anti-doping rule violation and receive a sanction as a result, that the
respective sanctions, my name, sport, Prohibited Substance or Method, and/or
tribunal decision, may be publicly disclosed by [IF or MEO] [and its member National
Federations and/or National Anti-Doping Organizations] in accordance with the
Code. I understand that my information will be retained for the duration as indicated
in the ISPPPI.
7. I understand and agree that my information may be shared with competent Anti-
Doping Organizations and public authorities as required for anti-doping purposes. I
understand and agree that persons or parties receiving my information may be
located outside the country where I reside, including in Switzerland and Canada, and
that in some other countries data protection and privacy laws may not be equivalent
to those in my own country. I understand that these entities may rely on and be
subject to national anti-doping laws that override my consent or other applicable
laws that may require information to be disclosed to local courts, law enforcement, or
other public authorities. I can obtain more information on national anti- doping laws
from my International Federation or National Anti-Doping Agency.
I have read and understand the present declaration.
138
Date Print Name (Last name, First name)
Date of birth Signature
(Day/Month/Year) (or, if a minor, signature of legal guardian)
139
ATHLETE’S ISPPI CONSENT FORM
(International Standard for the Protection of Privacy and
Personal Information)
This form is currently under review
Doping Control-Related Data
I am being asked to acknowledge that I know and adhere to the World Lacrosse’s
Anti-Doping Rules and that I undertake to abide by them.
I am being asked to read the following form to ensure that I am aware that my
doping control related data will be used in anti-doping programs for detection,
deterrence and prevention of doping.
Signing this form will indicate that I have been so informed and that I give my express
consent to such processing. I understand and agree that:
£ My Doping Control related data will be used in the context of anti-doping
programs and as described in more detail in the Athlete Information Notice
made available to me by my sporting federation or national antidoping agency
and on the WADA website.
£ My Doping Control related data will be collected by the Testing Authority
identified on this form, which shall be principally responsible for ensuring the
protection of my data, and which is committed to complying with the
International Standard for the Protection of Privacy and Personal Information.
£ The Testing Authority will use the ADAMS data-management system to
process and manage my Doping Control related data, and disclose it to
authorized recipients,
o (for instance, designated national anti-doping organizations,
international or national sporting federations, major games
organizers, and WADA). WADA-accredited laboratories will also
use ADAMS to process my laboratory test results, but shall only
have access to de- identified, key coded data that will not disclose
my identity.
£ Persons or parties receiving my information may be located outside the
country where I reside, including in Switzerland and Canada. In some other
countries data protection and privacy laws may not be equivalent to those in
my own country.
£ Pursuant to the International standard referenced above and under applicable
law I have certain rights in relation to my Doping Control related data,
including rights to access and/or correct any inaccurate data; and
Appendix 14b: ISPPI Form
140
£ To the extent that I have any concerns about the processing of my Doping
Control related data I may consult with the Testing Authority and/or WADA
(www.wada- ama.org), as appropriate.
RELEASE
I hereby release WADA, the World Lacrosse, as well as Anti-Doping Organizations and
accredited laboratories from all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses
that I may have arising in connection with the processing of my Doping Control related data
through ADAMS.
WITHDRAWAL OF CONSENT
I understand that my participation in organized sporting events is contingent upon my
voluntary participation in anti-doping procedures set forth in the Code and thus the
processing of my Doping Control related data as described in this form. I understand that the
withdrawal of my consent to the processing of my Doping Control related data will be
construed as a refusal to participate in those anti-doping procedures mandated by the Code
and could exclude me from further participation in organized sporting events and may result
in disciplinary or other sanctions being imposed upon me, such as disqualification from
competitions in which I am scheduled to participate or the invalidation of results arising from
prior competitions.
AUTHORIZATION AND CONSENT
By signing this form, I hereby declare that I am familiar with and agree to abide by my Anti-
Doping Organization’s Rules and that I expressly consent to the processing of my Doping
Control related data as set forth above and in the Athlete Information Notice.
I have read and understand the present declaration.
Date
Print Name (Last Name, First Name)
(Day/Month/Year)
Date of Birth
(Day/Month/Year)
Signature (or, if a minor, signature
of legal guardian)
141
The World Lacrosse Team Staff Code of Conduct identifies the standard of behavior expected of all WL
Team Staff making up the team’s official party.
World Lacrosse is committed to providing an environment in which all individuals are treated with
respect. Failure to comply with this WL Team Staff Code of Conduct may result in disciplinary action, as
per the Event Disciplinary and Appeals Policy. Such action may result in the member losing the
privileges which come with the membership in World Lacrosse, including the opportunity to participate in
World Lacrosse activities and events, both present and in the future.
Listed are the WL Responsibilities and Expectations, which need to be strictly followed by Team
Staff when representing their country in a World Lacrosse Event.
Responsibilities and Expectations: I agree to:-
1. Represent WL, my country, and my team in a positive manner at all times.
2. Conduct myself in a manner consistent with the values of World Lacrosse, which include
teamwork, integrity, inclusiveness and mutual respect.
3. Adhere to the rules and regulations governing World Lacrosse events and activities.
4. Avoid behavior which brings World Lacrosse, or the sport of Lacrosse, into disrepute,
including but not limited to abusive use of alcohol, use of non-medical drugs and use of
alcohol by minors.
5. Not engage in any activity or behavior which interferes with a competition or with any
athlete or team’s preparation for a competition, or which endangers the safety of others.
6. Refrain from comments or behaviors which are disrespectful, offensive, abusive, racist or
sexist. I understand behavior which constitutes harassment or abuse will not be tolerated
and will be dealt with by the World Lacrosse Board of Directors.
I confirm that I have read this World Lacrosse Team Staff Code of Conduct Agreement in its
entirety and will abide by its terms freely and voluntarily.
World Event:
Appendix 15: Team Staff Code of Conduct
Signature:
Date:
Printed Name:
Country Represented:
Role (staff, coach, admin…):
To be added when reviewed
142
Appendix 16: Officials’ Code of Conduct
As an Official in the sport of lacrosse, I have a unique and important role to play. My conduct can
impact not only the play of an individual game but in promoting the respect and growth of the game
itself. I accept the responsibilities of this role and will strive to fulfil them guided by this Code of
Conduct:
1. I will represent World Lacrosse in a professional manner at all times. I will ensure that my behavior,
both on and off the field adheres to the principles of professionalism and is in observance of all World
Lacrosse policies and procedures or as further directed by the Officials’ Chair or equivalent of a World
Lacrosse endorsed event.
2. I will not use illegal and non-doctor prescribed prescription drugs while participating in any World
Lacrosse Championship, to include smoking or use of alcohol while wearing the World Lacrosse
prescribed Officials’ uniform.
3. I will make a personal commitment to keep myself informed of accepted officiating principles, which
includes having a sound understanding of the rules of the game, their applications, and current
interpretations, including the mechanics in such documents as the World Lacrosse Officials’ Manual.
4. To the best of my ability, I will enforce the rules of the game as codified in the current World Lacrosse
rulebook and in such documents as the World Lacrosse Officials’ Manual. I will do so by frequently
studying the rulebook, officiating frequently, attending clinics/courses, taking the rules test, and
participating in other professional growth activities to upgrade my officiating skills.
5. I will ensure I maintain a level of fitness commensurate with the level of lacrosse at which I officiate. I
agree to take the World Lacrosse prescribed fitness test if requested as a condition to officiating at a
World Lacrosse endorsed event.
6. I will strive to be consistent, objective and under control in the administration of each contest in which
I participate. I will be available for discussion with the captains and coaches at appropriate times during
a contest, and in accordance with the rules of the sport and World Lacrosse policies.
7. I will help in the education of the sport. Officials can help players, coaches and spectators learn the
sport by ensuring rule infractions are understood and appropriately penalized, thus encouraging fair
play.
8. I will remain open to advancing my skills by participating in evaluation, discussion, and review with
Technical Directors, Assessors, and my Peers. I will listen to and respect differing points of view. I will
strive for impartiality throughout the event and limit social interaction with any players, team personnel,
or spectators.
9. I will not accept a gift from a competing team except during a sanctioned gift exchange. Club clothing
or clothing representing a previous tournament, e.g., "World Lacrosse, Sheffield 2017", is acceptable.
10. I will agree to correctly wear the official uniform as prescribed by the World Lacrosse. Officials will not
wear any clothing or hats that connect them with their home country or any other competing country
while at or travelling to or from the fields.
11. During World Lacrosse championships I will refrain from discussing in public or through the media,
games I have officiated, and decisions made by other officials during their games. I will reserve such
reviews for private discussion with other game officials.
143
12. I will treat all participants with courtesy and respect. I will not tolerate discourteous and inappropriate
behavior towards any participant, including officials, spectators, or championship staff in any contest in
which I am officiating. I will act in accordance with the rules of the sport or World Lacrosse policies
when appropriate.
13. Failure to comply with the Code of Conduct may result in disciplinary action. Such action may result in
the member losing the privilege which comes with membership in World Lacrosse, including the
opportunity to participate in World Lacrosse activities and events, both present and future.
14. I agree to abide by and observe the World Lacrosse Bylaws and regulations, including those related to
Anti-Doping Control, and the decisions of the World Lacrosse and Championship Organization in all
matters including disciplinary measures, not to involve any third party whatsoever outside of World
Lacrosse in resolution of any dispute whatsoever arising in connection with the Championship and /or
Bylaws and decisions made by World Lacrosse relation thereto excepting having exhausted the
appeal procedures within World Lacrosse in which case I undertake to submit any such dispute to the
jurisdiction of the Court of Arbitration for Sport (CAS) in Lausanne, Switzerland, for definitive and final
resolution.
My signature below indicates that I have read and will fulfil this Code of Conduct as a World Lacrosse
Official.
Official’s Signature:
Official’s Printed Name:
Date:
World Event:
144
EVENT TITLE:
CONFLICT OF INTEREST: Officials must declare any interests which may conflict with their role
as an Official.
The individual should list all interests that relate to their appointment as an Official. For example,
their relationship to any team personnel (personally and professionally), any commercial or
business operations, any other related parties (spouses, partners, children, brothers, sisters,
parents, grandparents and step relationships that may impact on the assessment), any position
they may hold on a National Governing Body.
Where a potential conflict of interest arises, this information will be referred in confidence to the
World Lacrosse Officiating Chair for consultation to determine if the conflict requires further
attention.
I declare that I have no conflicts
Signed
Name (please print)
Date
Or I declare that I have the following conflicts:
Person/Organization
Nature of Interest
I declare that the above information is a full disclosure of my business and personal interests in
connection with this event, and I agree to advise the World Lacrosse Officiating Chair of any
changes to the above information from the date of signature to the date of the event.
Signed
Name (please print)
Date
Form to be returned to the World Lacrosse Officiating Chair by no later than eight
(8) weeks prior to the first day of the world event competition.
Appendix 17: Official’s Conflict of Interest Declaration
145
Event Policy: Event Debts Policy
Lead Program Area
Finance
Author
Lindsay Impett, Director of Events
Date
June 3, 2020
Amendments
Date and Amend
POLICY DESCRIPTION
This policy details the procedures to be undertaken at an event if a team does not pay all costs
invoiced by the LOC in relation to the event including, but not limited to, accommodation, catering,
equalization, and other associated costs prior to arrival at the event.
POLICY IMPLEMENTATION
It is the LOC’s responsibility to manage the booking of accommodation, catering, and other
services on behalf of the teams at a World Lacrosse World Championship Event and manage the
payment of costs by the teams.
It is the responsibility of the teams to ensure that payment is made prior to arrival at an event,
and for the LOC to ensure that all money has been collected.
If a team has not made complete payment prior to arrival the LOC must inform the WL Director of
Events no later than the date of the team’s arrival. WL Director of Events will then work with the
LOC to issue a statement to the team with the outstanding debt, which will give them 24 hours
from arrival to make payment.
Any team who does not make payment by the deadline will not be permitted to take the
field for their first match, or any other match, until the outstanding debt is paid.
Teams will still be liable for payment of all outstanding costs event if not permitted to play in the
tournament due to lack of payment. Team will also be liable for any additional costs incurred at the
event which must be paid to the LOC before departure.
Any member nation owing money from an event will not be permitted to take part in any future
WL Event until the debt is cleared, or an agreed payment plan is in place as per the World
Lacrosse Debt Policy.
EXCLUSIONS
The WL Board can agree to take on the debt of a country through a loan process. This will only be
in exceptional circumstances at the discretion of the WL Board.
Appendix 18: Event Debts Policy
146
Appendix 19: Team Event Withdrawal Policy
Event Policy: Team Event Withdrawal
Lead Program Area
Competition
Author
Fiona Clark, Competition Director
Date
29 October, 2020
Amendments (Delete as appropriate)
Date and Amend
POLICY DESCRIPTION
The National Governing Body (NGB) of a WL Member is the body responsible for the actions of all its teams
entered in World Lacrosse events.
The Continental Qualifier is the competition through which each Continental Federation will identify and
qualify the requisite number of member teams from their CF for World Championship Events.
The CF qualifying competition may take place concurrently with another competition e.g., the Continental
Championship.
The CF qualifying competition must be played according to WL Rules and Regulations, and Athlete Eligibility
Criteria. Where practical the CFs are encouraged to follow the principles outlined in this Manual.
This policy details the process should a team withdraw from a World Lacrosse Championship Event.
TEAM WITHDRAWAL POLICY IMPLEMENTATION
In the circumstances where a Member has entered a team in a world event and proceeded beyond the point
of paying the registration fee by the stipulated deadline, the following penalties shall apply to the team’s NGB,
the member of World Lacrosse, if the team subsequently withdraws from the event, or fails to arrive to
participate.
a) If a Member withdraws from an event 150 -121 days prior to event commencement (opening game) a fine
of up to USD$20,000 shall be imposed.
b) If a Member withdraws from an event, 120 -91 days prior to event commencement (opening game) a fine
of up to USD$25,000 shall be imposed.
147
c) If a Member withdraws from an event 90 - 61 days prior to event commencement (opening game) a fine
of up to USD$30,000 shall be imposed.
d) If a Member withdraws from an event 60 -31 days prior to event commencement (opening game) a fine of
up to USD$35,000 shall be imposed.
e) If a Member withdraws from an event 30 days or less from the day of event commencement (opening
game) a fine of up to USD$40,000 shall be imposed.
f) If a Member does not arrive to participate in an event, and no prior notification, a fine of up to USD
$45,000 will be imposed.
The Member Country team will be disqualified from entering the next World Lacrosse World Event, unless
that event is within six months of the event of no participation, then the disqualification would be for the
following event.
Any such fine must be paid, or a payment plan agreed, before that Member may compete in any future World
Lacrosse event. The fines are not cumulative
Payment will be due within 30 days of issue of invoice.
Recognizing that there could be extraordinary circumstances, beyond the control of the team, or its
National Governing Body (Member), that may necessitate withdrawal or non-attendance, the World
Lacrosse Board shall have the authority to adjust / waive the penalties.
If the non-attendance or withdrawal results in a LOC incurring additional costs as a direct result of this
action, and this can be demonstrated as such to the World Lacrosse Board, compensation will be sought
from the NGB of the withdrawing team. The World Lacrosse Board shall have the authority to evaluate
these costs and assign compensation if necessary.
Any Member withdrawing from any event, or not participating, as above, will be expected to meet any
contractual arrangements related to the event.
148
Appendix 19a: Team World Event Replacement Procedure
Event Policy: Team World Event Replacement Procedure
Lead Program Area
Competition
Author
FIL
Date
October 29, 2020
Amendments (Delete as appropriate)
Date and Amend
PROCEDURE DESCRIPTION
The following will be implemented for existing World Championship Events which require
members to go through the Continental Qualifying Process agreed in 2018, i.e., the 2022
World Lacrosse Women’s World Championship, and the 2023 World Lacrosse Men’s World
Championship.
This shall be reviewed following the qualifiers for the 2023 WL Men’s World Championship.
PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTATION
In the event a team is unable to compete in a World Championship, the vacated place would first
be filled by: -
a) the highest placed team from that Continental Federation (CF) region that competed in the
Continental Qualifier but did not qualify for the WC Event.
In the event no replacement team is available from that CF: -
b) a replacement team will then be selected from a different CF region, based upon placement in
the previous same discipline World Championship, as long as that team competed in the
Continental Qualifier.
MEMBERSHIP STATUS
NGB’s who are not in Full Membership are unable to participate in Men’s and Women’s Field, and
Men’s and Women’s Box World Championship Events effective from January 2022.
This does not currently apply to Men’s and Women’s U20 World Championship Events, nor World
Sixes Events.
149
Appendix 9b: Event Game Forfeiture Policy
Event Policy: Event Game Forfeiture Policy
Lead Program Area
Competition
Author
FIL
Date
GA July 2016
Amendments (Delete as appropriate)
Date and Amend
Policy Description
The Mission of World Lacrosse (WL) is to develop lacrosse throughout the world to positively impact
the lives of its participants and their communities. Its Core Values are Teamwork, Integrity, Passion,
Friendship, Respect, and Inclusiveness, and as such WL promotes an effective Values Based
Sporting Environment. World Lacrosse, through its international competition platform, has the ability
to teach these values, and has the authority to provide a framework which contributes to a
successful performance environment. These values inform our thoughts, words and actions, both on
and off the field of play.
It is therefore WL’s expectation that every team entered in a World Event will play every game
they are scheduled to play. The National Governing Body (NGB) of a WL Member is the body
responsible for the actions of all its teams entered in WL Events.
Policy Implementation
In circumstances where a WL Member has entered a team in a World Event, and chooses to forfeit
a game(s) the following sanctions will apply:
a) First Forfeit
1) Team placed at the bottom of the rankings for that Event.
2) Noted as the “first recorded forfeit”
3) The Member, i.e., the National Governing Body, fined up to a maximum of USD$5,000
b) Second Forfeit - in the same or a subsequent Event i.e., cumulative for successive World Events
1) If in the same Event as the first forfeit then expulsion from that Event; if in a subsequent Event
then the team would be placed at the bottom of the rankings for that Event.
2) Noted as the “second recorded forfeit”
3) The member, i.e., the National Governing Body) fined up to a maximum of USD$10,000
4) The member is disqualified from participating in the next WL World Event unless that Event
is within six months of the Event where the forfeiture occurs, in which case the disqualification will
apply to the following WL Event thereafter.
150
c) Third Forfeit - in a subsequent Event i.e., cumulative for successive World Events.
1) Team placed at the bottom of the rankings for that Event.
2) Noted as the “third recorded forfeit.”
3) The member, i.e., the National Governing Body, fined up to a maximum of USD$15,000; the
fine shall not be less than the maximum fine for the second time of forfeiture.
4) The member is suspended from WL membership for a period of two (2) years.
To be noted:-
• The fines are not cumulative
• Any such fine must be paid, or a Payment Plan agreed, before that Member may compete in any
future WL Event.
• Payment will be expected within thirty (30) days of invoice issue.
• Recognizing that there could be extraordinary circumstances, beyond the control of the team or
its National Governing Body NGB), that may necessitate forfeiture, the WL Board shall have the
authority to adjust / waive the penalties.
• If the forfeiture results in a host organization incurring additional costs, as a direct result of this action,
and which can be demonstrated as such to the WL Board, compensation may be sought from the
NGB. The WL Board shall have the authority to evaluate these costs, and assign compensation, if
necessary.
151
Event Policy: Event Disciplinary and Appeals Policy
Lead Program Area
Competition
Author
Fiona Clark, Competition Director
Lindsay Impett, Director of Events
Date
August 11, 2020
Amendments
Date and Amend
GENERAL POLICY
1. All individuals affiliated with the WL shall comply with the appropriate Code of Conduct.
2. WL has jurisdiction over matters where individuals have violated the Code of Conduct at WL Events.
DISCIPLINARY REVIEW PROCEDURE- POST EVENT
The following Disciplinary Procedure applies to violations which are recognized after an event has concluded.
1. At all WL Championship Events any report alleging the action of an individual(s) which constitutes a
violation of the Code of Conduct shall be submitted in writing to the WL Board within 30 days of the
occurrence.
2. Upon receiving a report, any member of the Board shall immediately notify the Vice President who
shall, within 14 days, determine whether there has been a violation. If the Vice President decides that
there has not been a violation, the complainant shall be notified of that decision with reasons and the
complaint shall be dismissed.
3. If the Vice President determines that there may be a violation, the Vice President shall within 14 days
of receiving the report, appoint a Disciplinary Committee of 3-5 members.
4. A hearing with the Disciplinary Committee shall be scheduled to take place within 30 days.
5. All known interested parties will be notified of the hearing and will have the opportunity to attend the
hearing of the Disciplinary Committee at their own expense.
6. The Disciplinary Committee may call witnesses and demand any relevant information which it deems
necessary to arrive at a decision.
7. At the discretion of the Chairperson of the Disciplinary Committee, the hearing may be held by
conference call.
8. The decision of the Disciplinary Committee with reasons will be announced within 14 days of the
hearing and all known interested parties will be provided with a copy of the decision with reasons.
9. At the discretion of the President, deadlines in the disciplinary procedure may be extended where
circumstances require, to a maximum of 60 days.
Appendix 20: Event Disciplinary and Appeals Policy
152
10. Individuals may appeal the disciplinary action of WL by submitting a written notice of appeal to the
WL President.
Appeals Process
The Appeals Process for complaints made after the completion of the event will follow the process detailed
in the WL Constitution.
DISCIPLINARY REVIEW PROCEDURE- AT EVENT/DURING GAME PLAY
A Disciplinary Panel will be convened at an event when a complaint of behavior that is serious enough to
harm or damage the reputation of the sport, the event, the LOC or WL at a World Event is received. The
written complaint may be made by the officiating staff (In Play) or other attendees (Event). Any verbal
complaints must be followed up in writing before action is taken.
Violations which occur during the event are handled by the appropriate WL World Event Disciplinary Panel.
All disciplinary matters whether during game play or in any other event related context shall be handled by
this body. Complaints can be brought against players, coaches, team managerial / medical staff and officials.
A player who has received an expulsion foul / red card and has been suspended from the game will be
reported.
In Play - Player Expulsions / Game Related Incidents
In Play covers the time-period when teams are on the field for a game, which can be up to 60 minutes prior
to game start, to 20 minutes after the game has finished.
1. The Disciplinary Panel for player expulsions will normally comprise of WL Competition Director, WL
Director of Events, and other Board members as available excluding the President. The Referee-in-
Chief (RIC) will act as consultant to the Panel.
2. The Panel will consider the report submitted by the RIC (or Officiating Chair or the Head of a
Competing Team via the RIC) to the WL Competition Director (which will indicate if further action is
recommended) and any other statement from the player / team concerned (if a meeting is convened).
See Appendix A for Panel Procedures.
3. The Panel will meet prior to the next game of the player concerned, deliberate, and advise the team
management of the decision. Any appeal against such decision will be to the WL President (see
Appeals Process)
4. Sanctions which can be considered are as follows:
a. No further action (game expulsion deemed sufficient)
b. Banned from next game
c. More extensive ban (number of games)
d. Expelled from the entire event
5. If a player is suspended for the next game and an appeal is lodged if this cannot be heard before the
next game, then the player is eligible to play in that game.
6. A ban occurring at the end of an event (and not served) will carry over to the next world event that
the player participates in.
Off-Field/Event Related Incidents
Off-Field/Event covers any time outside of In Play where an athlete is at the event in the venue, at
accommodation or otherwise representing their team and the sport of lacrosse.
153
1. For other actions not game related the Panel will be as above (1) but with the addition of the Local
Organizing Committee Event Director (LOC ED).
2. The written complaint must be provided to the WL Competition Director or WL Director of Events
within 4 hours of the incident (electronic submission is acceptable) and must include full detail of the
complaint.
3. Complaints may be submitted by the Officiating Chair / Referee-in-Chief / Head TD, LOC ED and
Head of a Competing Team (usually General Manager or Head Coach).
4. The WL Director of Events or LOC Event Director will decide whether the complaint can be dealt with
immediately and requires a Disciplinary Panel to be convened to consider.
5. Disciplinary Panel procedural matters are outlined at Appendix A
6. Sanctions which can be considered are as follows:
a. No further action (game expulsion deemed sufficient)
b. Banned from next game
c. More extensive ban (number of games)
d. Expelled from the entire event
e. Fine
7. A listing of possible offences is shown at Appendix B noting this this is not exhaustive and others, as
occurring, may be considered by the Disciplinary Committee.
8. Results of any Panel meeting will be advised to all parties as soon as possible after the meeting.
Appeals Process
The Appeals Process for at event offences will be as detailed below:
1. An appeal must be made within four (4) hours of receiving the panel result from the disciplinary
hearing. A fee of $100 must be paid in order to lodge an appeal.
2. The appeal must be lodged with a member of the WL Board who was not on the disciplinary panel.
3. The LOC must provide a room for the tribunal where the matter can be discussed in confidence.
4. An Appeals Tribunal of three (3) persons, including the WL President shall be convened. No other
member of the Appeals Tribunal shall be allowed to hold any office on the WL Board or any of its
subcommittees. The Deputy for the President shall be the WL Vice-President.
5. A legal counsel may act as a consultant to the Appeals Tribunal.
6. The meeting will follow the steps set out in the WL constitution under Appeals Tribunal 2) Proceedings
before Appeals Tribunal
7. Decisions of the Appeals Tribunal will be binding and final.
EXCLUSIONS
Complaints against spectators should be managed through the LOC and Event Venue as per event safety
procedures.
APPENDIX A – DISCIPLINARY PANEL PROCEDURES
The Disciplinary Panel shall follow the below procedure for the review of every written complaint:
• The Panel shall appoint one of its members to record the proceedings. The Panel shall appoint its
Chair.
• The written report of the complaint shall be read. Other relevant information may be requested.
154
• Complainant or their representative may speak for up to 5 minutes
• Accused party or their representative may speak for up to 5 minutes
• Witnesses may be called by either party or the Panel and may speak for up to 3 minutes. Game
Officials may speak for up to 5 minutes.
• Note: If either party is a minor (generally U18) they must be accompanied by an adult.
• Panel members may question all parties
• The Panel decision may be made on a majority basis, in the event of an even number present,
and a split position, the Chair of the Committee shall have a casting vote.
APPENDIX B – POSSIBLE OFFENCES
This list is not exhaustive and other offences may be considered:
• Harassment or Discriminatory behavior which offends, humiliates, or intimidates, on the basis, but
not limited to, sex, race, age, gender, sexual orientation, disability, and others
• Damage to public or personal property
• Threatening and or violent behavior, including spitting at Players, Team Staff, Officials etc.
• Attempting or inflicting physical injuries to any person
• Obscene language and or gestures
• Verbal abuse
• Drunken behavior in public places
• Inappropriate behavior under the influence of drugs
• Anti-Social behavior (homophobia, racism etc.)
• Inappropriate use of social media
• Bringing the game into disrepute.
155
Event Policy: Betting and Gambling Policy
Lead Program Area
Competition
Author
Fiona Clark, Competition Director
Date
July 24, 2020
Amendments
Date and Amend
POLICY DESCRIPTION
This policy details the penalties to be incurred should any person involved in world event competition bet on
any game in that competition or event. This Policy is to be read in conjunction with the WL Code of
Conduct Betting Integrity document, which is included in the WL Handbook.
POLICY IMPLEMENTATION
Persons involved in the context of application of this Policy mean any member listed below including:
a) All registered playing members of the Team
b) All registered members of the Team Staff party
c) All Officials for any, and all event games, whether associated with a team or not, including all those
both on and off the Field of Play (e.g., Bench Officials and Officiating Leadership).
Any person directly associated with a competing team (a and b above), who does not comply with this
Policy, and who has been confirmed as undertaking inappropriate betting, will be immediately removed
from the event. Failure of the relevant Team Management to comply with this penalty may result in possible
default of all team games until compliance is achieved and accepted.
All persons not directly associated with a competing team (c above), will be required to vacate their positions
with immediate effect, if found to have violated this betting restriction.
In addition to the exclusion from the event, for all persons who have been found to have violated the betting
restriction, an additional suspension may be imposed, usually for a minimum of one complete event cycle.
This is normally approximately four years, up to and including next like event, and includes all other WL
events of any discipline within that time frame.
EXCLUSION
The WL Board reserves the right to impose longer penalties as appropriate, including, if considered
necessary, a lifetime ban for the person in question. WL shall consider whether other additional
measures, as appropriate, need to be taken, to restore a fair balance to the event, to ensure that no
team is unfairly disadvantaged by the specific actions relating to the betting activity of others. These
decisions will be made at the discretion of the World Lacrosse Board.
Appendix 21: Event Betting and Gambling Policy
156
Event Policy: Event Damages Policy
Lead Program Area
Competition
Author
Fiona Clark, Competition Director
Lindsay Impett, Director of Events
Date
July 22, 2020
Amendments
Date and Amend
POLICY DESCRIPTION
This policy details the procedures to be undertaken if a team’s accommodation, or any location wherein a
team is involved, is damaged during an event.
POLICY IMPLEMENTATION
It is important that attendees respect the facilities in which the event is being held. However, WL is aware
that accidental damage to facilities and equipment may occur. It is the team’s responsibility to ensure there
is no damage to their team accommodation, or any other location involving the team. Should this occur
however, it is the NGB of the offending team’s responsibility to pay for any damages that they cause.
It is the responsibility of the LOC/relevant others, to report any damage to the World Lacrosse Director of
Events as soon as the damage is notified to the LOC with photographic evidence provided. This
photographic evidence should be shared with the team alleged to have caused the damage as soon as
possible, and no later than two (2) weeks after the alleged damage is due to have taken place.
It is the responsibility of the World Lacrosse Director of Events to undertake an investigation of the reported
damage, through a consultative process with both the LOC and the alleged offending team’s NGB.
The World Lacrosse Director of Events will provide a report to the World Lacrosse Board who shall make an
informed decision on the damages, and costs incurred by the LOC, by no later than four (4) weeks after the
investigation report has been concluded.
Pending the outcome of the investigation a ‘findings report’ and any incurred damage costs shall be notified
to the offending member NGB.
An invoice shall be issued for the damages. Any NGB not making payment by the stipulated deadline may
not be permitted to participate in any subsequent world event until the debt is cleared, or an agreed Payment
Plan is in place as per the World Lacrosse Events Debts Policy. This decision will be made at the discretion
of World Lacrosse.
EXCLUSION
World Lacrosse shall not be responsible for taking on this debt if not paid by the NGB.
Appendix 22: Event Damages Policy
157
1. Starting Point
At the 2018 FIL GA it was agreed that the top ten (10) Full Member Nations would Pre-Qualify
(PQ) based on the results of immediate prior event (unless the Host was not one of the top ten
(10) in which case it would be top nine (9) plus Host).
2. Host Nation
It was agreed that the Host Nation of the next event must be included in the pre-qualified ten (10)
nations even if they did not finish in the top ten (10).
3. Number of Nations to participate
It was agreed that there would be a maximum of thirty (30) Member Nations to participate in World
Championships, and there must be a minimum of one (1) Member from each Continental Federation
(CF).
4. Qualifying Regional Continental Federation (CF) Event
It was agreed that since the top ten (10) Nations are pre-qualified, they will not need to participate
in a qualifying CF event, but this does not preclude them from playing in that CF event.
5. World Lacrosse Membership
It was agreed that to participate in a WL World Championship Members must be in WL Membership
no later than two (2) years prior to the World Event.
6. Continental Federation Membership
It was agreed that whilst each CF will determine its own rules for participation in a qualifying event,
it is most likely that WL recognized nations will also have to be in membership of that CF by a date
stated by the CF.
7. Continental Federation Active Lacrosse Program for World Events
It was agreed that to participate in a qualifying event the Member must have an active lacrosse
program in place in that nation for that Championship recognized by WL. Members without the
relevant program shall be excluded from the CF’s allocation for this world event.
8. Continental Federation Allocations for Qualifying Events
At the 2018 GA it was agreed that the following formula be used for the allocation of number of
nations from each CF to qualify for a WL World Championship. There must be a minimum of one
(1) Member from each Continental Federation.
Appendix 23: Regional Qualifying Process for World Championship Events
158
TOTAL ALLOCATION FOR A CF FOR A 30-TEAM EVENT
Number of Nations in a CF (with that Lacrosse program)
DIVIDED BY
Total number of all WL Members (with that Lacrosse program)
MULTIPLIED BY
The number of teams allowed in that WL event
9. Calculation Formula for Continental Federations
10. Qualification Allocation
The number of pre-qualified teams (3
rd
column) is subtracted from the CF allocation after applying
formula (5
th
column) leaving the number of total entries available via CF qualifying event with PQ’s
subtracted (6
th
column).
The below table is provided as an example of the document that WL will use to calculate the
number of available qualification spots per CF.
CONTINENTAL
NUMBER OF
NUMBER
APPLIED
CF
TOTAL
FEDERATION
WL NATIONS IN
OF TEAMS
CALCULATION
ALLOCATION
ENTRIES
A CF WITH
FROM
FORMULA
AFTER
AVAILABLE
ACTIVE
EACH CF
APPLYING
VIA CF
DISCIPLINE
WHICH
FORMULA
QUALIFYING
PROGRAM FOR
HAVE PRE-
EVENT WITH
CHAMPIONSHIP
QUALIFIED
PRE-
QUALIFIED
SUBTRACTED
AAL
APLU
ELF
PALA
TOTALS
11. WL Nations within CFs with the Relevant Domestic Field Program for Championship
The following table depicts those nations within a CF, with the relevant domestic field program for
the Championship discipline.
As used for the qualification for the 2022 WL Men’s World Championship, the below table is
provided as an example of the document that WL will use to notify members of the nations within
a CF, with the relevant domestic program for the Championship discipline per CF.
AAL (3)
APLU (12)
ELF
(32)
PALA (14)
Ghana
Australia (PQ)
Austria
Belgium
Argentina
Kenya
China
Bulgaria
Croatia
Bermuda
Uganda
Chinese Taipei
Czech Republic
Denmark
Canada (PQ)
Hong Kong
England (PQ)
Estonia
Chile
Japan (PQ)
Finland
France
Colombia
Malaysia
Germany (PQ)
Hungary
Costa Rica
New Zealand
Ireland (PQ)
Israel (PQ)
Ecuador
Philippines
Italy
Latvia
Haiti
159
Qatar
Luxembourg
Netherlands
Iroquois Nation (PQ
Republic of Korea
Norway
Poland
Jamaica
Singapore
Portugal
Russian Federation
Mexico
Thailand
Scotland (PQ)
Serbia
Peru
Slovakia
Slovenia
Puerto Rico
Spain
Sweden
USA (PQ)
Switzerland
Turkey
Ukraine
Wales
160
Appendix 23a) CF Qualification & Allocation Process for Senior Field World Championship
Events (*2026 & beyond)
CF Qualification and Allocation Process for Senior Field World Championship
Events (*2026 and beyond)
Lead Program Area
Competition
Author
Fiona Clark
Date
October 2021
Amendments (Delete as appropriate)
Date and Amend
1. Rationale and Adoption of Process
At the 2021 WL General Assembly the Blue Skies Working Group presented a qualification and
allocation process proposal which, in addition to expanding the number of teams that could qualify
for Senior Field World Championships, would strengthen Continental Federations (CF) because
every nation would be required to compete in its respective CF Championship to qualify. This new
process, which was adopted by the membership, does not rely solely on a team’s performance at
the previous World Championship, but puts more emphasis on CF Qualifiers, and rewards CF
growth.
*This CF qualification process was agreed by Membership for adoption in conjunction with the 2027
Men’s World Championship. However, the BSWG noted the possibility of adoption for the 2026
Women’s World Championship. These options shall be for further discussion and determination,
and therefore this implementation date remains under revision
2. Allocation Formula System
The new allocation formula is a points-based ‘weighted-model,’ which considers the strength and
geography of each member nation and CF.
3. Allocation Formula Advantages
This agreed formula:
• Rewards CF growth and the addition of new member nations
• Creates fairer and more recent assessment of member nations, since qualification and CF
allocations are based on results from CF qualifiers
• Promotes consistent development of national programs
161
• Encourages active support with CFs
• Creates more competitive games within respective Championships
• Emphasizes the importance of CF Championships, providing more opportunities to play for national
programs.
• Increases World Championship marketability and engagement
• Assures a more diverse selection of teams among CFs
4. Formula Structure
The formula structure will include all WL member nations and will: -
• Allocate points to each member nation
o 1 point for unranked members
o 2 points for bottom-ranked members, increasing by 1 per successive rank
o 2-point difference for top 5-ranked members
• Sum total points for each CF
• Distribute into number of allocations across CFs
• Arrive at total allocations per CF
• Allocate nations based on qualifying result
5. Proposed Allocation Calculation
!""#$%&'#(
)*+
,-
~
(
umber3of
%""#$%&'#(
6)#&6
×
total3number3of33
)#'(&6
;#+
,-
333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333total3number3of
)#'(&6
%$+#66
%"
l3member3nations3
6. Planning Modelling
This document is to be updated with an outline of the planning modelling, which will be included at
a macroscopic level to serve as a framework for membership to illustrate how the system will work.
It will be aimed at improving understanding of this newly adopted CF qualifying system, and will be
provided to support analysis, specification, design, verification, and validation of this process.
It will also serve as a communication tool by means of an ‘example-only’ illustration to members.
This process will continue to evolve over the years, with the aim of bringing greater integrity and
consistency around World Championships.
162
Appendix 24: Eligibility Criteria - Athletes
(N
ote: Changes to document since 2018 listed on pages 168 & 169. Policy updated 2022).
1. General Principles
The eligibility criteria apply to both men and women when playing for their national team.
2. Athlete Eligibility – Passport
The prime criteria for athlete eligibility are a passport being held for the country being represented
and fulfilling the eligibility conditions of that country. The passport being obtained by birth, by right or
by naturalisation.
A copy of the photo page of the athlete’s passport must be available for inspection at least 90 days
prior to the commencement of a world event, if required.
3. Non (national) – Passport Holders – Limitation of Numbers
Any squad for any WL event shall have at least 85% (in all cases rounded downwards) of the
playing squad qualifying by holding a passport of the country concerned. Qualification by other than
possessing a passport for the country concerned will be limited to 15% of the playing squad (in all
cases rounded upwards).
For current squad sizes for men this would be 85% of 23, which is 19.55 rounded down to 19.
Consequently, the maximum number of Non-Passport Holders would be 4.
For Women 85% of 18 is 15.33 rounded down to 15 and consequently the maximum number of
Non-Passport Holders is 3.
All non-passport holder athletes must meet at least one of the requirements listed in Section 5.
Non-passport in this context means not holding a passport of the country being represented.
4. Exceptions for Emerging Nations
A further exception to this will be where an emerging nation needs support, and this is undertaken
through being actively sought or offered from outside. In such cases this would be considered
by the Competition Director, with a recommendation made to the WL Board. The decision of the
Board shall be binding and final.
In u20 World Championship play this exception will only apply to the teams who are not in active
contention for the Championship i.e., Provisional Members.
Effective 1 January 2022 no dispensations shall be permitted for Men’s Field, Women’s Field and
Men’s & Women’s Box, and only Full Members shall be able to compete in these World
Championships.
5. Eligibility Requirements for “Non (national) - Passport” Holders
Any athlete wishing to qualify for one of the “non-passport” holder positions must meet the
internal qualifications set by the member and at least one (1) of the conditions below:
163
5.1
Birth
Born in the country.
5.2
Parents
One or both birth parents, adoptive parents, or stepparents, born in the country.
5.3 Grandparents
One or more birth or adoptive grandparents born in the country. Step Grandparents are not acceptable.
5.4 Marriage/Civil Partnership
Partner / spouse being a passport holder of the country, with the qualification that the couple must
be resident in the country being represented.
Note 1: In the event of death of the partner /spouse this would not prevent the athlete from
qualifying by these criteria.
Note 2: Divorce from the partner /spouse would disqualify the athlete from qualifying by this criterion.
Note 3: This criterion relates to accepted marriage in the context of a civil or religious ceremony
which has been validated by the jurisdiction in that country. “Common–law” situations
and /or partnerships without such formal acceptance (and hence supporting documentation) will not
be accepted.
5.5 Residence
Minimum of a two-year residency period in the playing country within the last five (5) years.
This does not necessarily have to be a continuous period but a cumulative total period of two (2)
years over the previous five (5) years.
For clarity the 5-year time-period is that immediately preceding the championship for which eligibility
is being sought.
Acceptable types of documentation to confirm residency are listed at Appendix A
5.6 Residence
Minimum of a two-year residency period in the playing country within the last five (5) years.
This does not necessarily have to be a continuous period but a cumulative total period of two (2)
years over the previous five (5) years.
For clarity the 5-year time-period is that immediately preceding the championship for which
eligibility is being sought.
Acceptable types of documentation to confirm residency are listed at Appendix A
6. Dual / Multiple Passport Holders
Any athlete, who holds valid passports of two or more countries, may represent either one of them,
as the athlete elects. However, after having represented one country in a recognised WL event,
164
they may not represent another country unless they meet eligibility conditions and the time limitation
set out in Section 7.
UK Passports
A UK passport is allowed for England, Scotland, Wales, and Northern Ireland athletes,
but documentation confirming that they also fulfil the country eligibility criteria will also be required.
7. Change of Country
Any athlete who has represented one country in a recognised event, and who elects to represent a
different country, must wait a minimum of three (3) years from the end of the event where they
last represented their former country.
Transfer will be permitted when:
•
The three-year period has elapsed between playing for one country and then playing for another
•
WL agreement has been sought / given
•
Eligibility criteria have been met and documentation to confirm provided.
Note this excludes an athlete from playing for one country in one form of Lacrosse (e.g., Field)
and then playing for another country in another form (e.g., Box) within the three-year period.
The procedure for seeking agreement to a change is set out at Appendix B.
8. Permitted Exceptions related to Change of Country
8.1 Age considerations
Athlete movement between countries (assuming eligibility criteria is met) will be permitted,
without the three-year gap, in the case of athletes in Under 20 championships moving
to Senior championships.
Note: the reverse, from senior to junior, does not apply. Implications: A 19-year-old could play
in the U20 world championship for one country, and then for another at open level without the
three-year qualifying period.
An Under 19 could not play in the world championship for one country and then play, assuming
age criteria met, in the next U20 for a different country.
8.2 Emerging Nations
A further exception to this will be where an emerging nation needs support, and this is
undertaken through being actively sought or offered from the outside. In such cases this
would be considered by the Competition Director, with a recommendation made to the WL Board.
The decision of the Board shall be binding and final.
In World Event play, either Field or Box, this exception will only apply to the teams who are
not in active contention for the Championship i.e., Provisional Members.
Teams who have previously participated in two Senior World Events, for the specific gender,
may not be eligible for further Emerging Nations status.
8.3 Under 20 World Championships – School
Students who attend school in a country, other than their home country, may apply for a
165
School Waiver from the Competition Director to be able to represent the country in which
they attend school to participate in a WL World Championship. The decision to represent this
nation is binding for all future WL U20 World Events. Criteria to be considered in granting a
waiver includes but is not
limited to endorsement from home country and length of time of
attendance at school.
An athlete applying for this waiver must choose which member they will represent prior to team
trials/selection; the athlete may not stand for selection for two different countries. Once a waiver is
granted, it is binding for all WL U20 World Event representation.
The School Waiver form must be submitted to the Competition Director by 1
January of the year
of competition. WL will respond within 4 weeks of submission.
9
Age Limitations
9.1 Lower (Minimum) Age.
The lower limit age that applies to all World Championships and WL events is 16 years of age
for men and 15 years of age for women as of the day prior to Championship / Event commencement.
9.2 Upper Age for U20 Championships
The upper age limit is that all athletes must be under 20 on 31st August of the year before
the Championship takes place.
Any consideration outside of this range will be a matter for the WL Board, or its successor
body, to consider.
10
Age Limitation Dispensations
10.1 Dispensation at U20 (over age)
A member may apply to WL to be allowed to field over-age athletes (up to U22) in
an U20 Championship. This is generally granted to those teams competing in such an event for
the first time.
If a team is granted this dispensation, then any athlete who is over-age must be resident
and play lacrosse in the country concerned, in the accepted form of competition, for a minimum of
12 of the previous 18 months (not necessarily consecutive periods).
The spirit of this is to ensure that any “over age athletes” are playing and supporting
lacrosse development in the country that they represent, and not simply strengthening a
team by bringing in overseas athletes.
Requests for dispensation should be addressed to the Competition Director who will
make a recommendation to the WL Board.
The number of overage athletes will be limited to 50% of the squad size rounded up: for Mens’
events this will be 12, and for Womens’ events this will be 9.
A team using over-age athletes will not be in active contention for the championship
166
10.2 Dispensation at U20 (over age) – On a second or subsequent occasion
If a member requests dispensation on a second, or more than a second occasion, then in
addition to the residency requirement as above, there will be an added requirement that those
over age must all be passport-holders of the country.
Specifically, if the allowance of up to 4 (for Men) and 3 (for Women) non-passport holders is
taken up, then these must all be within the U20 members of the squad. Over-age athletes may
not take any of the non-passport slots.
Note: The spirit of this is to ensure that any “over-age” athletes are playing and supporting
development of lacrosse in the country that they are representing, and not simply strengthening a
team.
11
Prior Qualification (Men)
Athletes who qualified for, and played for, a country under the eligibility criteria operative before
the July 2004 changes, remain qualified to play for that country in perpetuity and will be treated
as a passport holder, i.e., will not be subject to the “Non-Passport Holders Limitation of
Numbers.” Members have submitted the names within this group, and these are held by WL.
(Note: it was agreed in July 2004 that notification of names was required by 31
st
December 2004)
12
Documentation Checks / Proof of Eligibility
The Competition Director shall have the power to call upon the National Governing Body of
member countries to provide documentary evidence as needed to support the eligibility
status of athletes within their squads. Failure to provide satisfactory documentation may result
in the athlete(s) being debarred from participating in the event in question, and if discovered
after an event has begun, may affect the results and standings of the team.
Documentation will generally be asked to be provided in March of the year of the event.
Failure to abide by the WL Athlete Eligibility Criteria may result in a financial penalty being
imposed on the National Governing Body of the team concerned, and may result in that
member being ineligible to participate in future World Events.
Appendix A
Non (national) – Passport: Residency qualification
The following documents can be used for proof of residency in a country. Sufficient documents
need to be provided to confirm the two-year residency period within the last five years prior to the
event in question. The time periods do not have to be consecutive.
Passport with entry dates stamped (please black out passport number for security)
Driver’s license
Property purchase / Bill of Sale
Property tax card
Marriage license
Naturalization card/ for e.g., green card
167
School record/transcription
Vehicle registration
Social Security or document or equivalent
Medical Insurance Card
Utility bills with name and address (water, electricity, gas, telephone) - spanning 2-
year period Salary / Pay document
Tax return documents – (personal information to be blacked out)
Working visa – (student visa is not acceptable)
Bank statements – (any bank number/s to be blacked out for security reasons
Rental/lease agreement
Mortgage agreement
Mobile / Cell phone billing records
Voter’s ID card
Credit card statement
It is important to black out personal information e.g., passport number, social security
number, tax ID number
For all events the requirement will be to provide a copy of the photo page of the passport and
one set of documentation to confirm residency
Appendix B
International Transfers (between countries)
1
International Transfers
It is the responsibility of WL to ensure the good order of the sport internationally and, in
relation to athlete movement, to safeguard the athlete and their position with regard to
athlete eligibility for international competitions, and to uphold discipline, and maintain
order between countries and within the sport.
Requests for transfers must be submitted to the WL Competition Director, preferably by
January 1st of the year of the event, for approval. The request must be forwarded by the
new (for that athlete) WL member NGB, be signed by the athlete stating the last occasion
that they played for the previous country, and confirmation from the transferring member
that there are no issues preventing the transfer. The transfer will become valid on
the date of confirmation by WL. It will be the intent to respond within 4 weeks of submission.
The following athletes need an approved transfer
1.1
Any athlete (‘Passport’ holder or ‘non-Passport’ holder) who has previously played for
the national team of another country, who meets all the eligibility requirements and
wants to represent another country.
1.2
Any athlete (‘Passport’ holder or ‘non-Passport’ holder) who has played for one national
team and who elects to represent a different country, must wait a minimum of three (3)
years from the date of the game where the former country was last represented.
A transfer will be permitted if and when:
a)
The three-year period has elapsed between playing for the national team of one
168
country and then playing for the national team of another;
b)
The request has been submitted and approved; and
c)
Eligibility criteria have been met and documentation to confirm provided.
1.3
An athlete who has dual citizenship and has played in one national team must have an
approved transfer to play for another national team.
1.4
Permitted Exceptions related to Change of Country
1.4.1 Age Considerations
Athlete movement between countries (assuming eligibility criteria is met) will be
permitted, without the three-year gap, in the case of athletes in U20 championships
moving from the U20 age group to Senior lacrosse.
Note: the reverse, from Senior to U20, does not apply.
Implications:
An 18-year-old could play in the WL U20 World Championship for one country,
and then for another at WL Senior event level, without the three-year qualifying
period. An International Transfer request must be submitted to the WL Competition
Director for approval.
A U20 cannot play in a Senior WL World Event for one country, and then play
(assuming age criteria is met) in the next WL U20 World Event for a different country,
without the three- year waiting period. An International Transfer needs to be submitted
to the WL Competition Director for approval.
Appendix C
Guide to changes made since 2018
Topic - Original
Clause - Topic - Amendment
Reference
Use of Gender
Pronouns
Use of 3
rd
person Pronouns
DOC
Passport
Clause 1: (new) A copy of the photo page of the
athlete’s passport must be available for inspection at
least 90 days prior to the commencement of a world
event, if required.
WL Board meeting October 2018 Agreed
by WL Board, with the implementation of
an electronic registration system.
Exceptions for
Emerging Nations
Clause 4: Provisional (from Associate) Membership
GA 2021 Membership WG
Exceptions for
Emerging Nations
Clause 4: Effective 1 January 2022 no dispensations
shall be permitted for Men’s Field, Women’s Field
and Men’s & Women’s Box, and only Full Members
shall be able to compete in these World
Championships.
WL Board meeting October 2020.
Competition
Committee
Competition Director
Change to WL competition structure
following 2018 GA
Non-Passport
Holders
Clause 5: Added 5.1 Birth: Born in country
WL Board meeting October 2018
169
Dual/Multiple
Passport Holders
Clause 6: UK Passports added to this clause (were at
5.5 Non-Passport Holders)
Incorrect edit pre 2018. At Clause 5 this
would mean the Home Countries could
field only a max. of 4 players each total.
U19
U20
GA 2020
U19
U21
COVID change for Men’s rescheduled
2022 WC
Appendix C: Age
Guidance
No longer relevant as depicted 2019-2022
Appendix C – Age Guidance
New Appendix C ‘Guide to Changes’
170
Appendix 24a: International Transfer Card (ITC) - Athletes
Athlete
Name:
Former
Address:
City:
State/Prov:
Country:
New Address:
City:
State/Prov:
Country:
Date of Birth:
City & Country of Birth:
Passport holder:
Country 1:
Country 2:
(If applicable)
List the past WL (FIL) World Events you have participated in:
Event
Date/Location
Country Representing
List the future WL World Events you plan to participate in:
Event
Date/Location
Country Representing
Reason for International Transfer:
An ITC is ONLY required if an athlete has represented one country in a WL event and wishes to
represent another country at a following WL event, or if they then wish to revert back to their
former country, having met criteria.
Signatures required page 2
171
SIGNATURE OF APPLICANT
DATE
SIGNATURE OF NGB
REPRESENTATIVE OF
FORMER COUNTRY &
POSITION/TITLE
DATE
SIGNATURE OF NGB
REPRESENTATIVE OF NEW
COUNTRY &
POSITION/TITLE
DATE
This completed form is to be returned to the World Lacrosse Competition Director
172
Appendix 24b: School Waiver Form – Athletes
Students who attend school in a country other than their home country may apply for a waiver to
be able to represent the country in which they attend school. The decision to represent this nation
is binding for all future under 20 World Events. Criteria to be considered in granting a waiver includes,
but is not limited to, endorsement from home country and length of time of attendance at school.
An athlete applying for this waiver must choose which national governing body (country) they wish
to represent prior to team trials/selection. Once a waiver is granted, it is binding for all under-age
representation.
An athlete who receives a World Lacrosse School Eligibility Waiver approval does not additionally
require an International Transfer Card to be completed to participate for their home country at a Men’s
or Women’s U20 World Championship. An athlete who remains in the country where that player
attended school and progresses to play at a Men’s or Women’s World Championship, shall however
require an International Transfer Card to be completed.
The World Lacrosse School Waiver is due by December 31 the year prior to the World Event and is to
be submitted to the WL Competition Director.
Athlete Name:
Home Street Address:
City:
State/Prov:
Country:
Date of Birth:
City and Country of
Birth:
Passport holder
Country 1:
Country 2:
(If applicable)
School Name:
School Street
Address:
City:
State/Prov:
Country:
School Enrollment
Dates:
Grades
Enrolled at
this school:
Is this school a
boarding school?
Yes No (delete one)
Signatures required on following page:
173
Signature of NGB Represent
ative Signature of Principal/Head of School
Name of NGB Representative
Name of Principal/Head of School
Signature of Applicant
Date of Waiver
This completed form is to be sent to the WL Competition Director
174
Appendix 25: Team Uniform Policy
Event Policy: Team Uniform Policy
Lead Program Area
Competition
Author
Fiona Clark, Competition Director
Lindsay Impett, Director of Events
Date
16 June, 2020
Amendments (Delete as appropriate)
Date and Amend
POLICY DESCRIPTION
This policy details the athlete uniform regulations for all World Lacrosse World Championship
Events. Professional physical appearance and the presentation of athletes and support staff
participating in events is an important part of the professional appearance and successful
promotion of the game. Personal Protective Equipment, which is fundamental to the safety of the
game, is covered in the relevant discipline Rule Book.
This policy should be read in conjunction with the relevant discipline Rule Book and where this
policy differs from the Rule Book in relation to a specific discipline the Rule Book takes
precedence.
POLICY IMPLEMENTATION
Athlete Uniforms identify team nationality, athlete number, and provide opportunities for commercial
advertising as well as incorporating the WL Event Patch. The following regulations and/or
guidelines depict what is permissible in terms of uniforms for competing teams.
1. General
All visible garments worn on the field are part of the team uniform. All visible garments worn under
the kilt or shorts must be the same predominant color as the kilt/shorts or be one solid dark color.
All visible undergarments worn under the uniform shirt must be the same predominant color as the
uniform shirt. All athletes wearing visible undergarments must be dressed in the same solid color.
This ruling does not apply to medical sleeves.
2. Team Colors
Participating teams must have two (2) sets of shirts - one light and one dark, which must display the
175
WL event patch for the Championship (see section 6). Designs, logos, or other colors on the
uniform must not in any way interfere with the primary color of the shirt.
Except for the goalkeeper, all team members must be dressed uniformly. The goalkeeper’s shirt
must be the same color as the team’s shirt, and must be worn over their chest pad, and any
shoulder/ arm pads. The bottom of the uniform must be the same predominant color of the team’s
kilt or shorts or be a solid dark color.
3. Numbers
Each athlete is required to wear a shirt with a contrasting number centred on the front and the back.
Numbers must be in solid font. Each athlete’s uniform shirt must be numbered identically on the
front and back and no duplicate numbers shall be permitted on the same team. Numbers on shirts
should be clearly contrasting with the main shirt color to ensure athletes can be easily identified
during the game. If a team wears a patterned shirt the numbers must be superimposed on a solid,
clearly contrasting color block background.
For Men’s Disciplines - Numbers must be a solid block font. Numbers on the center front of the
shirt must be at least 8 inches (20cm) tall, and numbers on the center back must be at least 10
inches (25cm) tall.
For Women’s Disciplines - Numbers must be a solid block font. Numbers on the center front of the
shirt must be at least 6 inches (15cm) tall, and numbers on the center back of the shirt must be at
least 8 inches (20cm) tall.
For WL Tournaments, numbers 1 to 98 only are permitted on team shirts. See section 8 re:
Replacement Uniforms.
4. Notification of Colors and Numbers
Team uniform colors and numbers shall be advised to the LOC in advance of the Championship
(to be provided by three (3) months prior to the event) and include athlete’s names and shirt
number. The LOC will also request numbering and general biographical details for inclusion in the
souvenir program.
Shirt numbers may not be changed beyond this date except for player replacement.
Names i.e., Athlete’s names, or abbreviated names where appropriate, may be shown on shirts, but
these must not interfere with, or obscure, the number on the shirt.
The LOC Competition Manager shall specify to the Team Manager the color of the shirt (light or
dark) to be worn by their field athletes and goalkeepers for each match on the day preceding the
match. The team designated as the ‘home’ team in a match generally plays in light shirts and the
team designated ‘away’ plays in dark shirts.
5. Constraints on Advertising
The following constraints apply in respect of advertising on uniforms.
• No tobacco / cigarette advertising.
• Nothing overtly sexual / religious / political etc.
176
• Nothing that would offend the spectators or indeed other teams, event sponsors etc.
(accepting on the latter point there may be some degree of competition e.g., Visa with one
team and MasterCard with another etc.)
• No advertising is permitted that is considered by WL to be detrimental to the positive image
of the game.
• Additionally, in U20 events no alcohol related advertising.
A maximum of four (4) sponsor logos may be displayed on the body or playing uniform. None
of which may exceed 40cmsq. A suitable ratio of sponsors and team national color exposure
must be utilized. Team uniform layouts will be provided to WL for approval at least three
months prior to the event. WL reserve the right to require a change to the uniform if the above
constraints are not met.
The above also applies to any equipment that will be used in or around the Field of Play and
therefore may be within line of sight of a broadcast camera.
6. WL Event Patch
The display of the WL patch on athletes’ uniform is compulsory and is to be located for men on
either upper arm, or either side of the upper chest, and for women, on the right or left thigh of the
skirt/shorts.
The patch shall depict the World Lacrosse logo, the event title, and the event location. The World
Lacrosse Brand Style Guide shall be available on the WL website and a file, created in Adobe
Illustrator (vector art), shall be supplied to each participating Member no later than twelve (12)
months prior to the competition. A WL electronic logo will be provided for download to each
Member’s team contact twelve (12) months in advance of the event and minimum size of patch
will be advised at this time.
7. WL Approval
Notification of WL World Championships athlete uniform designs (light and dark) must be provided
to the WL Director of Events at least three (3) months prior to the event. A picture or photograph is
the required method of approval.
WL reserve the right to require a change to the uniform if the uniform regulations listed in this
policy are not met.
Teams are required to bring examples of both color uniforms to the first Team Managers’ meeting
for approval. If a shirt is non-compliant that country will have to play in bibs to take part in their first
match at their own cost.
8. Replacement Uniforms
Each set of uniforms must include at least two spare sets (light/dark shirt and shorts/kilt), for use
as a replacement for any blood soiled uniform. The spare uniform should carry the number 99.
9. Arm Bands
The designated team captain may choose to wear a distinctive armband.
177
Any team wishing to wear black arm bands for a specific match must obtain the approval of the
WL Competition Director prior to the match. Applications must be made in writing (e.g., by email)
at least six (6) hours before the start of the match in question. In exceptional circumstances, and
at the absolute discretion of the WL Competition Director, this notice period may be reduced. The
wearing of black arm bands will be limited to indicating a mark of respect for the death of a
significant international figure or a significant public figure of the team requesting approval. Where
it is agreed that black armbands may be worn, it will be appropriate to observe a minute’s silence
as a mark of respect of the person concerned prior to the commencement of the match. The
opposing team and technical team must be notified once approval is granted
Penalties
Any breach of this policy will be considered a breach of the manual and Athlete Code of Conduct.
WL therefore reserves the right to treat any breaches of the Team Uniform Policy in line with the
WL Disciplinary and Appeals Policy. This includes fines and penalties as deemed appropriate in
relation to the breach.
EXCLUSIONS
Uniform regulations for events that are not owned by World Lacrosse are the responsibility of the
event host.
178
Event Policy: Ball Person Protocols
Lead Program Area
Sport Competition
Author
Fiona Clark, WL Competition Director
Date
September 1, 2020
Amendments (Delete as appropriate)
Date and Amend
PROTOCOL DESCRIPTION
This protocol provides detail on the roles and responsibilities of Ball Persons including selection,
pre- match training, uniform and equipment, placement technique, and match time requirements,
and is part of the Ball Person Program implementation.
PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION
1. Selection of Ball Persons
Host organization to decide format for selection of Ball Persons to cover all matches. There may
be an evaluation process to select the appointments for the final matches.
Ball Persons must be a minimum of 10 years of age and have a designated responsible adult in
attendance. LOC representatives responsible for managing Ball Persons must have passed
appropriate background checks. For more information see WL Safeguarding Policy.
2. Pre-match Training
The LOC is responsible for instructing the Ball Persons and arranging a training session for all Ball
Persons to convey the importance of their jobs and the proper techniques. Ideally the training should
be completed prior to the World Event, but the training may also be ongoing during the event as
required.
Ball Persons must be taught how to determine the proper speed and trajectory of the ball being
rolled in as a replacement.
For safety reasons, Ball Persons shall not be placed behind or near the goal in a position that they
might be in line with a shot on goal.
Appendix 26: Ball Person Protocols
179
3. Communication to Parents
It is vital that the parents know the importance of:
1)
their child having the correct uniform for the games and
2)
ensuring that their child always arrives on time for their duties.
The LOC must ensure that a contact is provided for the parent/guardian should a child be unable to
perform their duties.
4. Uniform & Equipment
The organizing, purchase, and provision of the uniforms, are the responsibility of the LOC. The only
exception to this is if World Lacrosse advises of a sponsor for the Ball Person uniforms, whereby
World Lacrosse will provide the uniforms.
Each Ball Person should be provided with the same identifying top. A T-shirt or bib of
distinguishing color, different from all participating teams’ uniform colors, is suggested.
For men’s games it is mandatory that each Ball Person wear a helmet. Other appropriate
protective equipment should be worn as required, e.g. gloves and, where appropriate, boxes/cups.
5. Placement of Ball Persons
Recommended number of Ball Persons per match is eight (8), i.e., two (2) per each side of the field.
For safety reasons, Ball Persons shall not be placed behind or near the goal in a position that they
might be in line with a shot on goal.
It should be indicated to Ball Persons where they are to stand in relation to Bench Area on the
side lines, and in relation to goals.
All Ball Persons must stand outside the boundary.
6. Technique for Ball Replacement
When a ball goes out of play in a Ball Person’s area of responsibility, a new ball must first be
dropped or rolled in direction of and/or directly to the player who is nearest to where the ball
crossed outside the dotted boundary guideline. The old ball must then be chased and retrieved.
Ball Persons on either side of the person who is retrieving a ball should be ready to assist and supply
a new ball should one be needed before the Ball Person retrieving a ball returns to their position.
7. Match Time Requirements
Ball Persons must report to the Score Table 20 minutes before the scheduled time of
commencement of the game.
180
Event Information: Table Officials’ Equipment List
Lead Program Area
Sport Competition
Author
Fiona Clark, WL Competition Director
Date
September 1, 2020
Amendments (Delete as appropriate)
Date and Amend
Equipment Needed for Table Officials
• Visible Electric scoreboard with time and score
• Elevated score tables (2-6’ tables minimum) to seat a minimum of four (4) staff, without
Announcer or Field Marshal, with minimum of four (4) chairs; Scorers must be able to see above
the players standing in the box when seated at the table
• Two (2) Stop Watches for back up Timer and penalty times
• Benches for both teams on score table side of the field
• Horn (preferably as a part of the electric scoreboard) – if not a manual horn with extra batteries or cans
• Scorebook – Provided by WL
• Eight (8) cones (2-12” high) – four (4) to mark the substitution areas and four (4) to mark the corners of the
field
• Balls (as per ball specifications in relevant Rule Book)
• Goals (as per goal specifications in relevant Rule Book)
• Miscellaneous items: pencils, pens, permanent marker, tape, plastic bags in case of rain
• Wireless internet capability
• Printer to print stats at half-time and after game for teams
• National anthems for each participating country, and electronic device to play the anthems
before each game
• Minimum of one (1) lap top computer for statistics.
Miscellaneous items
• Two (2) spiral notebooks per field
• Two (2) x three (3) ring binders with dividers per field (one (1) very large for all game on that field and one
(1) smaller binder for daily use, which are to be compiled into the big binder at end of each days’ play.
• Three (3) ring hole punch
• Staplers and staples, scissors, scotch tape, duct tape
• Two (2) – three (3) clip boards per field
• Binder clips, paper clips, large rubber bands (put around clipboards when windy)
• Highlighters (multiple colors)
Appendix 27: Table Officials’ Equipment List
181
• Whiteout or labels that can be stuck over edit errors, glue stick
• Paper for printer at each field, and at office and dorm for work at end of days’ play
• Radios/communication devices – as per specifications in manual
• Clear plastic binder sheets – to put papers in notebooks and in case of rain
• Zip lock baggies – one (1) gallon (2.5 litre), size or bigger, to hold a clipboard if rain - six (6) per field
• Four (4) Event Programs per table
• Forms to give to Announcer: Player of the Match (Women’s game)
• Forms to give to Presenter with team rosters, including starting line-ups with Captain indicated
• Rectangular plastic waterproof box for each field to carry equipment back and forth to office/rooms
each night to prepare for the next day, and to keep small supplies in.
182
Timer and Scorer Role Responsibilities – Women’s
Field Game
Lead Program Area
Competition
Author
Lindsay Impett
Date
July 24, 2020
Amendments (Delete as appropriate)
Date and Amend
Don Blacklock, Technical Director, March 20, 2022
OVERVIEW
This document provides Role Responsibilities for the Timers and Scorers (Bench Officials) in the
Women’s Game.
TIMERS
Timers are Bench Officials appointed by the LOC who are responsible for:
• Timing the 35-minute count down prior to game
• Timing of the game time including any overtime if necessary
• Showing the red flag when 30 seconds remain in each quarter (only if there is no
visible clock on the field).
• Timing 10 minutes half-time and notifying on-field Officials when 8 minutes have elapsed.
• Timing injury Time Outs: Field Player – 2 minutes maximum; Goalkeeper – 5 minutes
maximum
• Timing Team Time Outs (requested by either team after a goal)
• 90 seconds – sound horn when 30 seconds remain and when time is up
• Starting/restarting clock with Official’s whistle and arm signal when applicable
• Stopping clock on Official’s whistle and arm signal, whenever Official signals “time-out” (for
injury, cards, team time-outs, etc.), and within the last 30 seconds of each quarter on
every whistle.
SCORERS
Scorers are Bench Officials appointed by the LOC who are responsible for:
• Receiving team rosters with starting line-ups 20 minutes before game time and noting the
Appendix 28: Timer and Scorer Role Responsibilities – Women’s Field Game
183
number of the speaking captain on the scoresheet for each team
• Recording goals scored and assists – noting name and number of scorer and assist, and
time of goal
• Recording warnings and suspensions – noting name and number of player, time, foul and
color of warning card
• Informing player and coach at what time on the clock the player, or substitute, may re-
enter/enter the game
• Informing the 4
th
(table) Official of any illegal substitution immediately
• Informing the 4
th
(table) Official when lapsed playing time for a suspension is complete
o Personal Foul (yellow card) – 2-minute suspension; no substitute
o Personal Foul (yellow/red or red card) – 5 min for yellow/red and 10 minutes for a
straight red; no substitute.
184
Medical Event Hosting Manual
Lead Program Area
Medical
Author
Dr. Karen Sutton
Date
2020
Amendments
Date and Amend
RESPONSIBILITIES & PERSONNEL
Event Chief Medical Officer (CMO)/Head Physician:
The Event Chief Medical Officer (CMO) is a vital position and needs an individual
willing to oversee
the event medically and provide services clinically. This individual must:
● Be a licensed physician capable of prescribing medication, ordering
diagnostics imaging
● Work with visiting team physicians to assist in their medical needs
● Provide healthcare for teams without medical support
● Facilitate care with other specialists and medical providers in the host country
● Be available to perform minor procedures i.e., sutures, IVs, joint reductions.
Event Medical Host
The medical host typically assists with the following items in preparation for the event
and when on site. Since most activity is in a liaison capacity it is best to have
someone present that can navigate the local healthcare system and has a working
knowledge of the facility for the entire event. Responsibilities include but are not
limited to:
● Scheduling individuals to work/volunteer to cover fields/ medical tent
Appendix 29: Medical Event Hosting Manual
185
● Facilitating the needs of the visiting teams medical staff, help in the event of a
medical emergency, refer to local medical facilities (urgent care, ER, specialist,
dentist etc.))
● Providing field coverage, taping and prep for new teams that don’t have medical
staff
● Coordinating physician coverage, i.e., suturing on site, reductions, IVs, etc.
● Helping to navigate international healthcare system for those not insured in
the host country
● Ensuring all appropriate emergency equipment is available and well
maintained, i.e., AEDs on site, ICE baths, extra supplies like tape, ice, ice bags,
space for treatments
● Helping with the World Lacrosse distribution of injury surveillance forms at the
end of each game/event. (reporting form is attached)
● Running the medical meeting with Dr. Sutton Chief Medical Officer, for
managers and medical staff
● Organizing location and facilitation of drug testing
● Supporting Officials with healthcare and treatment needs
● Managing environmental conditions (heat, lightning, etc.)
● Organizing spectator and participant emergency medical needs and
emergency transport.
NEEDS CHECKLIST
❏ Location for treatments and medical evaluation
❏ This can be one central location or satellite locations at each field
❏ There should be an area for private exams and procedures
❏ Local Sports Medicine group to arrange for coverage of event
❏ athletic therapists, paramedics, EMS, physician coverage
❏ Location of AED and emergency equipment (i.e., oxygen, rectal thermometer, cervical
collar, splints)
❏ Emergency Action Plan (map, instructions)
❏ Location for ice baths (if done needs supervision and supply of water and ice) and or
recovery garments (needs electricity)
❏ Location for drug testing
186
❏ Area that allows for unobstructed viewing of fields- physician, paramedic/EMS
❏ Each field should have 10-20 gallon of water and sports drink, for each team and ice
with ice bags for injury on each field. If possible, water bottles should be provided or
loaned for appropriate hydration.
EMERGENCY CONTACTS
WORLD LACROSSE EVENT STAFF (Add appropriate staff, name, number, email)
General Manager
Host Chief Medical Officer
Host Physician
Head Athletic Trainer/Therapist
FIELD LOCATIONS (Name, Address, Directions, Contact Phone Number)
MEDICAL FACILITIES:
Hospital (Closest)
Hospital
(Level 1Trauma)
Urgent Care (name, address, phone number, hours)
Pharmacy (name, address, phone number, hours)
EMERGENCY SERVICES CONTACT INFORMATION: (EMS, FIRE, Police , On-site
Ambulance Co)
FACILITY AMENITIES (The following are to be listed)
- AED location:
- Ambulance availability:
- EMS location on site:
187
- Water location:
- Ice location:
- Cold Tub location:
- What is provided on benches:
- Sports drinks provided? Brand needs:
- Hours of Medical availability (will there be host MD, and therapist available,
where)
- Athletic training facility on site: (Area for taping and treatments)
- Massage or Chiropractor availability (Cost and access)
- Availability of coverage for teams with no medical staff (cost and access)
- Event Website:
VENUE DIRECTIONS (include maps and locations of emergency equipment)
EMERGENCY ACTION PLANS:
(example listed below)
IMPORTANT PHONE
NUMBERS 911 –EMS
911 EMS Sports Medicine Center – xxxx Security – xxxx Sports Medicine- xxxx
Access
● Address:
● AED location
● Closest cold tub:
● Closest Emergency bag/box:
● Emergency Access Point 1:
● Emergency Access Point 2:
● Gate Keys/Access Codes:
Activation of EMS and Emergency Communication
Coaches, staff athletic trainers and event staff will carry a cell phone at all times during
188
practices
and games to maintain an open line of communication
● CALL 9-1-1 and ask for EMS
o Determine at pre-practice or pre-game medical time-out who will place call
in
the event of emergency
o Medical staff are best utilized if providing care during an emergency rather
than
placing the phone call. Event staff should handle EMS access
● State your name and location of an emergency
● State the situation and nature of emergency, state patient’s condition/current state
and
care being provided, and give any other relevant information
● Leave your phone number in case the call is disconnected
● Give precise directions to facility over the phone if necessary:
● Send a sentry to meet the ambulance at the emergency access point
● DO NOT HANG UP UNTIL THEY DO!
Condition-Specific Considerations (examples)
Cardiac arrest
Symptoms: Chest tightness, shoulder pain, numbness and tingling in
upper extremity, jaw pain, agonal breaths, sudden collapse with or without
convulsions
● Assess ABC, observe decreased or lack of pulse
● Activate EMS
● CPR should begin immediately. Send second personnel for AED, which is
o 30 compressions:2 breaths
o Compress hard and fast at a rate of 100-120 beats per minute.
o If trained medical personnel are not available, provider can just
perform chest compressions
● Apply AED. CPR should only be stopped for rhythm analysis and shock
from AED
189
● Continue CPR after shock delivered. If two rescuers, switch roles after 2
minutes or 5 cycles
Exertional sickling
● Athletes with Sickle Cell Trait (SCT) should have been identified at
screening and plan should be in place for monitoring during workouts. Rule
out cardiac collapse, heat illness if patient deteriorates.
Symptoms: Cramping (with no muscle contractions), heavy breathing,
dizziness, confusion, loss of consciousness, limb heaviness and pain
● Remove from participation.
● Check vital signs, including rectal thermometer from emergency kit if
available. If core temperature is elevated, see Heat Illness Action Plan
below
● Administer high-flow oxygen from emergency Black Box
● Encourage self-hydrating if possible
● Active EMS if patient deteriorates (decreased mental capacity, vital sign
destabilization, LOC etc.)
● Communicate SCT status to EMT and ER physician
Heat illness
Heat exhaustion: Cool, clammy skin; profuse sweating; muscle cramps;
intestinal cramps; rapid pulse; dizziness; headache; nausea;
hyperventilation; core temp 97-104F(36 – 40C)
● Remove from participation
● Check vital signs, including rectal thermometer from emergency kit
● Move to cool environment
● Ice pack application to back of neck, armpits
● Re-hydration with water and electrolytes
Heat stroke: Confusion/disorientation/irritability; loss of consciousness; hot
skin; rapid pulse; blood pressure drop; hyperventilation; vomiting;
diarrhea; core temp >104F (40C)
● Remove from participation
● Check vital signs, including rectal thermometer from emergency Black Box
● Activate EMS with core temp >104F, or any behavioral change or loss of
consciousness
190
● Bring patient to cold tub location and place in cold water immersion
tub immediately, monitoring until core temperature reaches 102F (39C).
Do not allow EMS to transport patient until adequately cooled
● Re-hydration with water and electrolytes if possible, during cooling
Asthma
Symptoms: Shortness of breath (>30 respirations/min.), fatigue, inability to
speak in sentences, cyanosis (blue or grey lips or fingernails), tachycardia,
possible reduced level of consciousness
● If patient is conscious, deliver 2 puffs of inhaler
● Administer emergency oxygen from emergency kit if available
● Monitor vital signs
● If patient does not respond to inhaler but is conscious and stable (not
worsening), consider transport to CHS
● If patient is unconscious or does not respond to inhaler and oxygen,
activate EMS
● If patient loses consciousness, monitor ABCs and initiate rescue breaths
or CPR as necessary
Head trauma / Cervical spine injury
C-spine: Midline neck pain, numbness or tingling in extremities, inability to
move hands and feet
● In acute-on field neck injury, utilize Canadian C Spine rules to assess
need for immobilization and imaging
o Does patient have any high-risk factor that mandates
radiography? If yes, stabilize & refer
Age >65 years, dangerous mechanism (fall from elevation >3 feet, axial
load to head, motor vehicle accident as a pedestrian or cyclist), or
paresthesia in extremities
o Does patient have any low-risk factor that makes further
assessment safe? If no, stabilize & refer
Sitting position on-field or ambulatory at any time, delayed onset of neck
pain, absence of C- spine tenderness
o Can patient actively rotate their neck to 45 degrees L and R? If
unable, stabilize and refer
● If concern for fracture, provide manual stabilization of head and neck and
activate EMS
191
o Place c-collar on patient if available from emergency kit
o If sufficient personnel are present, begin spine-boarding patient on-
field XXX to prepare for transport.
o If sufficient personnel not available, continue to stabilize the head
until EMS arrives
o First medical responder (usually supervising AT) maintains control
of patient’s head throughout
Traumatic brain injury: Worsening headache/concussion-like symptoms,
bleeding from ears, unequal pupils, severe confusion or disorientation, loss
of consciousness, neural posturing or seizure upon collapse
● Activate EMS for any patient with immediate or delayed onset of the
above symptoms after head impact
● Any patients with suspected concussion should be removed from
participation immediately and monitored for development of
new/worsening symptoms
o If responding to a suspected concussion on-field, ask patient about
neck pain prior to removing from field for further evaluation
Dislocation or major fracture
Symptoms: Obvious deformity or malpositioning, point tenderness,
unwillingness to move
● Check distal pulse, sensation and capillary refill prior to and after
attempted reduction
● If unable to reduce, utilize vacuum splints found in XXX to prevent
excessive motion of limb during transport
● Depending on severity of injury and patient comfort, make decisions for
transport to hospital or urgent care
● Activate EMS if patient demonstrates signs of shock, if the fracture is
open, or if suspected dislocation of hip or knee
Severe bleeding
Symptoms: Arterial spurt, major blood loss (soaking a towel), deterioration
of mental status or vital signs, shock response
● Activate EMS immediately
● Apply direct pressure to wound with gloved hand and towel.
● Place tourniquet from emergency kit around proximal limb, placing
pressure over major arterial supply. If no tourniquet is immediately
192
available, apply pressure to proximal artery with opposite hand until
emergency kit can be obtained XXX
Mental health emergency
Signs of emergency: Patient is in danger of harm to themselves or others,
psychosis, audio/visual hallucinations, unresponsiveness or loss of
consciousness, decompensation
● If possible, move patient out of practice or game setting to a controlled
environment, for mental health first aid and further assessment
● Activate EMS if concerned for athlete or personal safety
● Physician on-call to determine plan of care.
193
Appendix 30: Concussion Policy
Concussion Policy: Identification, Treatment and Management
Lead Program Area
Competition
Author
Dr. Karen Sutton CMO
Date
August 2020
Amendments (Delete as appropriate)
Date and Amend
Introduction
1.1 This document advises on the World Lacrosse Policy related to Concussion
(identification, treatment, and management)
1.2 World Lacrosse is committed to staying current with research into clinical best practices
for head injuries, and specifically for the identification and management of concussions.
World Lacrosse is aware of the serious impact of concussions on the wellbeing of
athletes, both short term and long term. World Lacrosse is committed to promoting
concussion awareness and education and providing the Members with proper concussion
identification and management tools.
1.3 Therefore, World Lacrosse has adopted this policy as the basis for the management
of concussions in the sport of lacrosse:
(a) To Recognize all concussive injuries;
(b) To Remove from play for proper evaluation any player suspected of having a
concussive injury;
(c) To provide Rest and a Graduated Return To Play (GRTP) Protocol for the
management of the player’s Recovery and ultimately the player’s Return to play.
2
Definition
2.1 Concussion is a brain injury and is defined as a complex pathophysiological process
affecting the brain, induced by biomechanical forces.
3
Signs of Concussion
3.1 Initial objective observations of concussion
(a) Loss of consciousness or responsiveness
(b) Confused or dazed expression
(c) Balance problems or falling over
(d) Lying motionless on the ground
(e) Grabbing of the head
(f) Impact seizure or convulsion
194
3.2 Symptoms of concussion
(a) Headache
(b) Nausea/vomiting
(c) Dizziness
(d) Behavior or personality changes: inappropriate emotions, irritability, or
anxiousness
(e) Memory loss
(f) Slowed reaction time
(g) Confusion/poor concentration
(h) Sensitivity to light/noise
4
Application and Scope
4.1 The World Lacrosse Concussion Policy shall apply at all World Lacrosse events. The
policy shall apply to all teams participating in these events, and shall include all
scheduled event games, all scheduled team practices, and all pre-event games
organized through the event host organization, or through World Lacrosse. Continental
Federations of World Lacrosse shall also adopt the World Lacrosse Concussion Policy
for all World Lacrosse approved events.
5
World Lacrosse Responsibilities
5.1 World Lacrosse shall provide:
(a) The World Lacrosse Chief Medical Officer (WCMO) will determine the
concussion identification, treatment, and management tool that is current best
practice in the Sports Medicine community to be used by World Lacrosse. The
selected concussion protocol will be advised to all member nations and event hosts
no less than six (6) months preceding the event and will be the tool that shall be
used to identify, treat, and manage concussions. Links to the concussion protocol
will be provided on the World Lacrosse website;
(b) Online educational support regarding the importance of concussion awareness.
Access to this educational information will be on the World Lacrosse website;
(c) Where practical, the World Lacrosse Chief Medical Officer (CMO) to assist the
Event Medical Officer (EMO), or to act as the EMO.
6
Host Responsibilities (LOC) at World Lacrosse World Events
6.1 The host committee for each World Lacrosse World Event shall:
(a) Provide a licenced medical doctor to be the Event Medical Officer (EMO). The
EMO shall implement the Sport Concussion Assessment Tool (SCAT). The EMO
shall either be based on-site during the competition or be “on-call” nearby.
(b) Ensure that the EMO, or another medical doctor, or a trained first responder,
shall be on-site and available during all games.
(c) Provide on-site training, prior to the first game of the event, to team support staff
so that each team can implement, at a minimum, the Pocket Concussion
Recognition Tool. (See Appendix 2).
(d) Provide on-site training, prior to the first game of the event, to the officials so
they can implement, as a minimum, part 1 of the Pocket Concussion Recognition
Tool, Visible clues of suspected concussions. (See Appendix 2).
(e) Provide appropriate space (a dressing room or first aid room) for administration
195
of the Sport Concussion Assessment Tool.
7
Responsibility of Each Team at World Lacrosse Events
7.1 After each game, all teams shall complete an injury report, and submit it to the CMO/EMO.
World Lacrosse shall provide the injury report form to each team. This form is for
reporting all types of injuries, including confirmed concussion injuries and suspected
concussion injuries.
7.2 For the purpose of this document, the team doctor or other medical professional affiliated
with the team shall be known as the Team Medical Officer (TMO).
(a) When a team has, on site at the event, a TMO who is familiar with and trained in
the application of the World Lacrosse agreed concussion protocol:
(b) The TMO shall be responsible for implementing the World Lacrosse concussion
policy for that team.
(c) The TMO shall adhere to the appropriate use of the agreed Concussion
Assessment Tool and the Pocket Concussion Recognition Tool.
(d) The TMO shall be responsible for evaluating any player on their team who is
suspected of having a concussion. They shall be responsible for arranging and
managing the treatment plan and the GRTP Protocol for all concussed players on
their team.
(e) The TMO shall report in writing by way of the injury report form, to the
CMO/EMO, any suspected concussions, the result of their evaluation of all
suspected concussions, all identified concussion injuries, including the treatment
and GRTP plan for each concussed player.
Before a player with a concussion injury returns to competition, the TMO shall
report to the CMO/EMO the planned return to competition of the player.
7.3 When a team does not have a TMO who is familiar with and trained in the application of
the agreed concussion protocol, the team shall:
(a) Assign a team staff person – preferably a medical doctor, athletic therapist,
physiotherapist, athletic trainer, or other allied health professional – to be trained at
the event, prior to the first game, in the use of the Pocket Concussion Identification
Tool.
(b) Should the team not have a staff person as described in 5.3 (a), then the team
shall assign a lay person to be trained at the event, prior to the first game, in the use
of the Pocket Concussion Identification Tool.
(c) This person shall evaluate any team member removed from the game because
of a suspected concussion. If, upon evaluation for a suspected concussion a player
has any symptom of a concussive injury, then that player must be removed from the
game, and the CMO/EMO informed. The CMO/EMO shall evaluate the player and
determine whether the player has a concussion. Further, the CMO/EMO shall be
responsible for developing and managing any treatment plan and the GRTP plan.
8
Responsibility of the Game Officials
8.1 Any game official who has the authority to stop play for an injury time-out also has the
authority to stop play for a suspected concussion injury. Should a game official declare a
player is suspected of having a concussive injury, then that player must be removed from
play and be evaluated by the appropriate TMO or team staff person trained to use the
Pocket Concussion Identification Tool.
196
9
Final Authority for an Athlete to Return to Play
(a) Any player who has been declared to have a concussion must have medical
clearance before returning to play.
(b) For teams with a TMO, the TMO, in consultation with the FMO/EMO shall make
the decision as to when the player may return to play. If the TMO and the
CMO/EMO are not in agreement as to a player’s readiness to return to play, the
CMO/EMO shall have the final decision-making responsibility and authority.
(c) For teams without a TMO, the CMO/EMO shall make all decisions as to when a
player is ready to return to play. If the team, or player do not agree with the
CMO/EMO as to the player’s readiness to return to play the CMO/EMO shall have
the final decision-making responsibility and authority.
Appendix 1: Concussion Protocol History - attached
Appendix 2: Document History - attached
Appendix 1: Concussion Protocol History
The following outlines the protocol that were in use:
Year
Protocol used
Comments
Pre June 2016
None Specified
June 2016
SCAT3
Initial implementation based on current best practice
June 2017
SCAT3
June 2018
SCAT3
May 2019
SCAT5
Recommended move to most current recommended
protocol
June 2020
SCAT5
Current protocol in place
APPENDIX 2: Document History
Date
Change
Rationale
June
2016
Initial Policy Release
May 2019
All references to FIL changed to World
Lacrosse
Reflects corporate name
change
May 2019
Remove reference to SCAT3
Desire to move to to latest
protocol. – SCAT5.
To make the policy more
flexible to adopt the latest
medical recommendations and
not need member approval
May 2019
Change FMO (Federation Medical Officer) to
WCMO (World Chief Medical Officer)
To reflect the appropriate title
of Chief Medical Officer
May 2019
Added the requirement for Regional
Confederations to adopt the use of the World
Lacrosse Concussion Policy
To ensure that athletes at
regional competitive levels are
protected
May 2019
Added a protocol history that was in use for
each year
Required for historical and
legal purposes
August
2020
Confirmed continued use of SCAT5
Current best practice
197
Appendix 30a: Concussion Evaluating Form
SCAT5
The SCAT5 is a standardized tool for evaluating concussions designed for use by physicians
and licensed healthcare professionals.
The SCAT5 is to be used for evaluating athletes aged 13 years and older. For children aged
12 years or younger the Child SCAT5 is to be used.
Detailed instructions for use of the SCAT5 are provided in the document, and brief verbal
instructions for each test are detailed. The only equipment required for the tester is a watch or
timer.
The SCAT5 cannot be performed correctly in less than 10 minutes.
The diagnosis of a concussion is a clinical judgement made by a medical professional. The
SCAT5 should NOT be used by itself to make, or exclude, the diagnosis of concussion. An
athlete may have a concussion even if their SCAT5 is “normal.”
This form can be downloaded at https://bjsm.bmj.com
198
Event Policy: Pregnancy Participation Policy and
Guidelines
Lead Program Area
Medical
Author
Dr Karen Sutton MD (CMO)
Date
October 2020
Amendments (Delete as appropriate)
Date and Amend
More than ever before, athletes are continuing to participate in sport while pregnant. In fact, regular
exercise is recommended during pregnancy and has been shown to decrease some pregnancy
related complications such as gestational diabetes, gestational hypertensive disorders, and
caesarean delivery. However, some modification to exercise and participation may be necessary
because of normal anatomic changes and fetal requirements. These below guidelines have been
developed by the World Lacrosse to guide its athletes and coaches as they navigate participation
in lacrosse at an international level while pregnant. This guidance applies not only players but also
officials, coaches, and other team members.
World Lacrosse is committed to providing a safe and enjoyable environment for all its members,
including those who are pregnant.
Despite the known benefits to exercise in pregnancy, special attention is required for pregnant
lacrosse athletes given the physical demands of this high dynamic contact and collision sport
especially at an international level. Lacrosse involves a degree of contact which may carry a risk
of accidental trauma or injury to the participant and their unborn child.
While the decision as to whether or not to participate rests solely with the relevant participant:
(a) the participant's own health and the health of the unborn child are of paramount importance;
(b) World Lacrosse strongly recommends that the participant consults with their own appropriately
qualified medical practitioner (obstetrician, family practice physician or midwife) to inform them,
on a voluntary basis, of their pregnancy and to seek individual and specific professional medical
advice before participating in lacrosse (both during and following pregnancy), in particular
regarding the risks of such participation; (ii) follows the medical advice received; and (iii) attends
regular prenatal and postnatal care with their medical practitioner
Appendix 31: Pregnancy Participation Policy and Guidelines
199
(c) the participant will be responsible for ensuring that they have appropriate medical insurance
cover for participating in lacrosse during and following pregnancy (it may be possible to obtain
such cover through their national association); and
(d) by participating when pregnant, the participant will be deemed to have consented to any risks
(including any risk of injury to the participant and/or the unborn child) that may arise from such
participation. Aside from liability for death or personal injury resulting from negligence, the
participant will also be deemed to have waived any and all claims, causes and rights of action
against World Lacrosse, national associations, event organizers, players and officials, whether
at law or in equity, of whatever nature and in any jurisdiction or forum, that they may have as a
result of such participation.
Member Countries should:
(a) use reasonable endeavors to ensure that the playing environment is safe for all participants,
including those who are pregnant;
(b) develop protocols for communicating with players and other persons regarding participating in
lacrosse during pregnancy, including providing players with the opportunity to voluntarily advise
of their pregnancy;
(c) be aware of relevant anti-discrimination legislation and its application to lacrosse; and
(d) ensure that their insurance (including public liability and player injury insurance) is up-to-date and
provides adequate coverage.
Coaches should:
(a) be aware of these guidelines and of the possible risks of participating in lacrosse when pregnant;
(b) take reasonable steps to ensure that players are aware of these guidelines and of the possible
risks of participating in lacrosse when pregnant; and
(c) respect and support the player's right to make their own informed decisions in relation to her
participation or non-participation in lacrosse when pregnant as guided by the players medical
professional.
Team medical personnel should:
(a) be aware of these guidelines and of the current medical advice in relation to exercise during
pregnancy;
(b) develop protocols for communicating with players regarding participating in lacrosse during
pregnancy;
(c) create an environment where players are comfortable in voluntarily informing them of their
pregnancy;
(d) take reasonable steps to ensure that players are aware of these guidelines and of the possible
risks of participating in lacrosse when pregnant;
200
(e) strongly recommend to pregnant players that they have regular medical check-ups and follow
medical advice given by the specialized medical provider; and
(f) respect and support the player's right to make their own informed decisions in relation to their
participation or non-participation in lacrosse when pregnant as guided by the players medical
professional.
Match Officials should:
(a) be aware of these guidelines, which also apply to them;
(b) prioritize the safety and welfare of all participants during the match;
(c) apply the rules of lacrosse accurately, consistently and fairly to all participants;
(d) ensure the match is played under safe conditions; and
(e) stop play at any time in the event of an emergency.
201
Appendix 32: Heat Exertional Illness Policy
Event Policy: Heat Exertional Illness Policy
Lead Program Area
Medical
Author
Dr Karen Sutton MD (CMO)
Date
July 2020
Amendments (Delete as appropriate)
Date and Amend
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. Introduction
2. Definition
3. Signs of Exertional Heat Illness
3.1 Symptoms of Exertional Heat Stroke
3.2 Symptoms of Heat Exhaustion
4. Application and Scope
5. World Lacrosse Responsibilities
6. Host Responsibilities at World Lacrosse Events
7. Team Responsibilities at World Lacrosse Events
Appendix 1: Previous Exertional Heat Illness Policies
Appendix 2: Document History
Introduction
9.2 This document advises on the World Lacrosse Policy related to hydration of competition
participant’s including Athletes and Officials to reduce the possibility of Exertional Heat Illness
(identification, treatment, and management)
9.3 World Lacrosse is committed to staying current with research into clinical best practices for
Exertional Heat Illness, hydration and specifically for the identification and management of
hydration requirements during competitions where weather conditions require it. World
202
Lacrosse is committed to promoting awareness and education and providing Members with
proper standards in this regard.
9.4 Therefore, World Lacrosse has adopted this Policy as the basis for the management of
participant hydration for all World Lacrosse events:
To Recognize when weather will have a potential impact on participant welfare
To provide appropriate Rest and Recovery breaks during competitive play.
10
Definition
10.1 Exertional Heat Illness includes exertional heat stroke, heat exhaustion, exercise-
associated muscle cramps (heat cramps), and heat syncope. It often occurs when a person is
exercising, working, or engaging in an activity when temperatures and humidity are high. This
protocol deals specifically with exertional heat stroke or heat exhaustion (National Athletic
Trainers' Association, 2015)
10.2 Normal body temperature is balanced through heat production and heat loss. A heat-related
illness occurs when the body is not able to regulate, or control, its temperature. Heavy
sweating disturbs the body’s normal salt-water balance, which causes the symptoms of
Exertional Heat Illness. Most cases of Exertional Heat Illness occur when a person is
exercising, working, or engaging in an activity when the temperature and humidity are both
high. Under these conditions, sweat cannot evaporate from the skin (the body’s natural
cooling system), and the body’s temperature begins to rise. If left untreated, an Exertional
Heat Illness can lead to serious complications, even death. If detected and treated early,
however, most serious problems can be avoided. (Cleveland Clinic, 2020)
11
Signs of Exertional Heat Illness
(National Athletic Trainers' Association, 2015; Cleveland Clinic, 2020)
11.1 Symptoms of Exertional Heat Stroke
Exertional Heat Stroke is a medical emergency. A collapsed athlete should be cooled before
transport to the hospital. It is the host’s responsibility to establish emergency action plan for
Exertional Heat Stroke pre-hospital care.
Temperature of 104°F/40C or higher.
Throbbing headache.
Nausea.
Muscle twitching.
Red, hot, profusely sweating
Confusion - altered mental state, slurred speech.
Dizziness or fainting.
Rapid pulse.
Seizures.
Hallucinations.
203
Hysteria, irrational, or unusual behaviour.
Disorientation.
Loss of consciousness
11.2 Symptoms of Heat Exhaustion
Heavy sweating.
Muscle cramps.
Cool, moist skin.
Headache.
Nausea.
Dizziness.
Fainting.
Weakness.
Irritability
Pale skin color.
Weak and quick pulse.
Quick and shallow breathing.
Thirst.
Impaired muscle coordination
12
Application and Scope
12.1
The World Lacrosse Exertional Heat Illness Policy shall apply at all World Lacrosse events. The
policy shall apply to all teams participating in these events, and shall include all scheduled event
games, all scheduled team practices, and all pre-event games organized through the event host
organization or through WL.
12.2
Continental Federations of World Lacrosse shall also adopt the WL Exertional Heat Illness Protocol
for all WL approved events.
13
World Lacrosse Responsibilities
The WL Chief Medical Officer (CMO) will determine the Exertional Heat Illness Policy, and
Management Protocol, which is current best practice in the Sports Medicine community to be
used by World Lacrosse. Where practical, the World Lacrosse Chief Medical Officer (CMO) will
assist the Event Medical Officer (EMO) at the event.
13.1
World Lacrosse shall provide:
The Exertional Heat Illness Policy to all member nations and event hosts no less than six (6)
months preceding the event; this will be the tool that shall be used to manage the prevention
of Exertional Heat Illness at events. Links to the Exertional Heat Illness protocol will be
provided on the World Lacrosse website.
Online educational support regarding the importance of Exertional Heat Illness awareness.
Access to this educational information will be on the World Lacrosse website.
204
14
Host Responsibilities at WL World Events
14.1 The host committee (LOC) for each World Lacrosse world event shall:
Provide a licensed medical doctor to be the Event Medical Officer (EMO). The EMO shall
implement the World Lacrosse Exertional Heat Illness Policy. The EMO shall either be based
on-site during the competition or be “on-call” nearby.
Ensure that the EMO or another medical doctor or a trained first responder shall be on-site and
available during all games.
Provide on-site training, prior to the first game of the event, to team support staff so that each
team can implement, the Exertional Heat Illness Policy.
Provide the necessary monitoring equipment as outlined in the Exertional Heat Illness Policy.
Provide appropriate space (a dressing room or first aid room) to allow the recovery of athletes.
15
Responsibility of Each Team at World Lacrosse Events
15.1
After each game, all teams shall complete an injury report and submit it to the CMO/EMO.
World Lacrosse shall provide the injury report form to each team. This form is for reporting all
types of injuries, including confirmed Exertional Heat Illness injuries and suspected Exertional
Heat Illness injuries.
Refer: Appendix A: Previous Heat Illness Policies
Appendix B: Document History
APPENDIX 1: Exertional Heat Illness Policies
The following outlines the Policies that were in place and used by the Federation.
Year
Protocol
used
Comments
Pre-
August
2020
Hydration
Policy
Initially implemented by the ILF & IWFLA,
subsequently adopted by the FIL in different
formats for the Men’s & Women’s games
August
2020
WL
Issued
Common approach across both Men’s and
Women’s Field Lacrosse
APPENDIX 2: Document History
The following outlines the document history for this Policy
Date
Change
Rationale
August
2020
Initial Policy Release for
Member Approval
205
Event Protocol: Heat & Hydration Safety Protocol
Lead Program Area
Medical
Author
Dr Karen Sutton MD (CMO)
Date
Jan 2020
Amendments (Delete as appropriate)
Date and Amend
Overview
The aim of this protocol is to provide evidence-based guidance for protecting the health of those
participating in lacrosse from the potentially ill effects of extreme heat in the summer months, while
ensuring that play is not unnecessarily stopped.
Protocol
Water breaks of no longer than 1:30 minute/90 seconds in length and with 30 seconds remaining,
teams must break to take the field. Water breaks will be incorporated into each game if, in the
opinion of attending medical personnel, they become necessary.
The water break will be taken after a goal is scored, or on a dead ball outside the 15m Advantage
Flag area.
1. NO SHADE RULE (if no shade is available):
a. All players on the field must remain on the field until the end of the water break. They may come to
the side of the field to get drinks. Bench staff and players may step on the field to support the water
break. Coaching is allowed.
b. Substitution:
i. After a goal, a substitute must enter the game at the end of the water break through the substitution
area.
ii. On a dead ball outside the 15m Advantage Flag area, no substitution is allowed.
World Lacrosse Water Break Procedures
Fifteen (15) minutes before each match begins, personnel* from the host country will determine if
water breaks are necessary and inform the Technical Delegate in charge of the match. Team
coaches will be informed prior to the start of the game. If water breaks are necessary, they will
occur throughout the game. Water breaks may also be implemented at half time.
Appendix 32a: Heat & Hydration Safety Protocol
206
LEVEL 1 Wet Bulb Globe Thermometer (WBGT) <82F/27.8C
• No specific action needed. Encourage hydration before, during and after activity.
• Encourage shade before and after activity, and during rest breaks when possible. Do not
utilize inside areas that are not air conditioned as they could be stifling due to lack of air
flow.
• Encourage removal of helmet protective equipment (e.g., men’s lacrosse, and
goalkeeper in women’s lacrosse) whenever possible during breaks.
• Risk of exertional heat illnesses is not absent in these conditions but are reduced compared
to more extreme environmental conditions.
LEVEL 2 WBGT 82-90F / 27.8-32.2C
1. Water break, 90 seconds in length, coaching is allowed, at approximately 7 minutes into
each quarter of regulation play after a goal is scored, or on a dead ball outside the 15m
Advantage Flag area.
2. Increase half time to 15 minutes (in shade or air conditioning). If both teams agree, half
time can remain at 10 minutes (subject to change by Event Medical Officer and/or World
Lacrosse Chief Medical Officer).
3. For overtime, a 2-minute water break will commence after the coin toss and umpire/captain
meeting.
Strongly encourage shade before and after activity, and during rest breaks when possible. Do not
utilize inside areas that are not air conditioned as they could be stifling due to lack of air flow.
Closely monitor for signs and symptoms of exertional heat illness in players and officials.
Prepare whole-body cold-water immersion tub (or alternative body cooling method that allows for
similar cooling rate) on site to ensure adequate body cooling prior to transporting the patient to
hospital.
Encourage removal of helmet protective equipment (e.g., men’s lacrosse, and goalkeeper in
women’s lacrosse) whenever possible during breaks.
Encourage usage of wet-ice towel (or alternative body cooling method that allows for similar cooling
rate) during breaks to prevent excess exercise induced hyperthermia.
Monitor temperature to be sure it does not climb to Level 3.
LEVEL 3 WBGT >90F / 32.2C
Strongly consider delaying or cancel completion of the game.
If activity must occur, the following should be implemented.
1. Increase quarter breaks to 7 minutes, including break before overtime.
2. Increase half time break to 15 minutes.
3. Institute two water breaks per quarter that will happen 1) after 5 minutes 2) after 10 minutes,
both 90 seconds long
4. Closely monitor for signs and symptoms of exertional heat illness in players and officials.
Prepare whole-body cold water immersion tub (or alternative body cooling method that allows for
similar cooling rate) on site to ensure adequate body cooling prior to transporting the patient to
hospital.
207
Encourage removal of helmet protective equipment (e.g., men’s lacrosse, and goalkeeper in
women’s lacrosse) whenever possible during breaks.
Encourage usage of wet-ice towel (or alternative body cooling method that allows for similar cooling rate)
during breaks to prevent excess exercise induced hyperthermia.
*Personnel: For each world event, it is the LOC’s responsibility to identify a person/s who will be
responsible for instituting water breaks in accordance with the above criteria when temperature
and/or humidity levels are deemed dangerous to the health of the athletes. When necessary, water
breaks will be discussed at the Team Managers meeting prior to a World Lacrosse Event and
have oversight by the Chief Medical Officer and/or Event Medical Officer.
208
Respect is a right under the UN Convention on Human Rights, and under the UN
Convention on the Rights of the Child.
The successful prevention and eradication of abuse and harassment against athletes
rests on the effectiveness of leadership by international and national sport organisations.
The promotion of Safe Sport forms part of the broader international imperative for Good
Governance in sport.
The WL Position Statement is currently under review by World Lacrosse.
Appendix 33: Sexual Abuse Position Statement
209
Appendix 34: Injury Report Form - Example
210
211
Safeguarding in Sport is the process of protecting children and adults from harm, by providing
a safe space in which they can participate in sport.
Every person should live their lives without harm, no matter the age, gender, ethnicity, or
religion, and it is vital that every vulnerable child and adult is kept safe.
Participation in sport has many physical, psychological, and social benefits for the athlete. A
growing body of evidence indicates, however, that sport participation may have inherent
threats for the well-being of the athlete in the sporting domain.
World Lacrosse has a responsibility to assist its members in the creation of a safe sporting
environment, to ensure that the athlete can flourish and reach their athletic potential through
an enjoyable experience.
The promotion of Safe Sport forms part of the broader international imperative for Good
Governance in sport.
The WL Safeguarding Policy for Athletes is currently under review by World Lacrosse
Appendix 35: Safeguarding Policy - Athlete
212
Appendix 36: Athlete Entourage Guidelines
Athlete Entourage Guidelines
Lead Program Area
Competition
Author
FIL
Date
2014
Amendments (Delete as appropriate)
Date and Amend
Guidelines Description
These guidelines have been established for the conduct of an Athletes’ Entourage and apply to private
and professional entourages.
World Lacrosse may modify these regulations to fulfil requirements made by the governing committee.
1. Definition
An entourage is comprised of those people that provide a role to the athlete’s performance and are
necessary to allow the athlete to perform to the best of their ability.
These include but are not limited to: -
Managers, Agents, Coaches, Physical Trainers, Medical Staff, Scientists, Sports Organizations,
Sponsors, Lawyers, and Family Members.
2. Principles
Those people included in the entourage have an understanding and agreement that they are part of
this group as a support system, that is necessary for the athlete to succeed and excel in their sport.
They are expected to perform these supportive duties with professionalism, respect, and skill.
The entourage must promote and respect ethical principles, and always act in the best interest of the
athlete.
Members of the entourage must be qualified in their areas of expertise through licenses, certificates,
degrees, or diplomas as required by their specific discipline.
Minors and other members will be given special consideration.
3. Integrity
Members of the entourage will act in good faith, and demonstrate the highest level of integrity,
refraining from actions that are in direct violation of legal and human rights, including, but not limited
to: -
cheating, bribery, doping, harassment, or abuse based upon position of authority and influence.
213
4. Confidentiality
The entourage must respect the confidentiality of the athlete in respect to their personal, business, and
financial interest, and social media context.
5. Transparency
The members of the entourage must be open and transparent about their personal and professional
background in areas that could affect the relationship to the athlete and the athlete’s performance
including, but not limited, to ethical and legal matters that could affect the athlete’s athletic and
professional success.
6. Accountability
The members of the entourage must respect the physical and psychological integrity of the athlete.
They must promote the rules and regulations of the sport and encourage the athlete to behave
accordingly.
The members of the entourage must keep the athlete informed of any dealings, arrangements or
promises made when representing the athlete.
7. Ramifications
Any breach of regulations by a member of the entourage may result in the member of the entourage
from being dismissed by World Lacrosse, or the governing body of the event.
8. Athlete’s Responsibility
The athlete has the responsibility of choosing their entourage and making sure they use their best
efforts to ensure that any contract negotiated is done under fair conditions.
9. Notification
All members of the Athlete’s Entourage must be submitted to the World Lacrosse Director of Events at
least forty-eight (48) hours prior to each World Event.
214
Appendix 37: Event Oaths
Event Oaths – Athlete, Coach, Official
These recitals are one of the protocol elements of the Opening Ceremony. The Athlete,
Coach and Official named to take the Oaths are at the selection of the Hosts, which does not
mean they have to be from the Host Nation.
When an Athlete, Coach or Official takes the World Event Oath at the Opening Ceremony,
they commit, on behalf of their peers, to respect the rules and take part in the competition in
the spirit of fair play and mutual respect. They are a tangible expression of the pride of the
culture, values, and traditions that they uphold.
The existing Oaths are included in this appendix; however, they are currently under review,
with the aim of harmonising the Oaths for men’s and women’s events, which is one of the key
goals of this Event Hosting and Competition Manual, which continues to evolve.
Women’s Disciplines Oaths
Athletes’ Oath - recited by an Athlete
“In the name of fellow lacrosse Athletes, I promise that during the 20XX World Lacrosse
Women’s Championship, I shall endeavour at all times to play within the spirit and rules
of the game, while striving for the highest ideals of sportsmanship, for the honour of our
sport and our country.”
Coaches’ Oath - recited by a Coach
“In the name of all Coaches, I promise that during the 20XX World Lacrosse Women’s
Championship, I shall foster co-operation and teamwork in the pursuit of excellence and
shall coach within the spirit and rules of the game.”
Officials’ Oath – recited by an Official
“In the name of all Officials, I promise that during the 20XX World Lacrosse Women’s -
Championship, I shall uphold the rules of women’s field lacrosse with fairness and
integrity for the good of the game.”
215
Men’s Disciplines Oaths
Athletes’ Oath - recited by an Athlete
“On behalf of all the lacrosse players in the XX Championship, and others who play
lacrosse around the world, I promise to play fairly and honorably within the spirit as well
as the canons of the laws of lacrosse; to accept all Referee’s decisions promptly with
good grace; to be generous in victory, and gracious in defeat; to strive to advance the
cause of friendship and understanding between nations, and to further the spirit of
fellowship within the lacrosse community.”
Officials’ Oath – recited by an Official
“In the name of all the Referees, Bench Officials, Timekeepers and Assessors who are
participating in the World Championship, and in the supporting tournaments and
matches, I promise that we shall carry out our duties with complete impartiality, in the
true spirit of sportsmanship, respecting and abiding by the Rules of International
Lacrosse.”
No Coaches’ Oath in the Men’s Game.
216
Appendix 38: Calendar of Events
WORLD LACROSSE CALENDAR OF INTERNATIONAL EVENTS
2024 – 2032
As agreed GA 2021 per Blue Skies Working Group recommendations
Note: The Sixes are across the top with the World Games and Olympics
2026 – 2027 and 2030 – 2031 indicates the event could be held across the last quarter
of one of these years, or the first quarter in the following year